WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP INC
10-K, 1999-06-15
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
Previous: CONTINENTAL AIRLINES INC /DE/, S-3/A, 1999-06-15
Next: INTERSTATE ENERGY CORP, U5S/A, 1999-06-15





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1999          COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-13722

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.

Incorporated under the laws of the         I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
       State of Florida                                 22-2246554

                             4400 BISCAYNE BOULEVARD
                              MIAMI, FLORIDA 33137
                                 (305) 575-6510

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT

   TITLE OF EACH CLASS                 NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE                       AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE

     Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant (1) has filed all reports to
be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x] No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

     As  of  June  1,  1999,  there  were  13,431,550  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the registrant on June 1, 1999 was approximately $46,220,440.


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Certain  portions of our  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for our 1999 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders  scheduled to be held August 6, 1999 are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this Report.


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1999

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                     PART I

Item 1.    Business.......................................... .......          3

Item 2.    Properties......... ......................................         22
Item 3.    Legal proceedings.........................................         23
Item 4.    Submission of matters to a vote of security holders.......         23
           Executive Officers of the Registrant......................         23

                                     PART II

Item  5.   Market for registrant's common equity and related
           stockholder matters.......................................         25

Item 6.    Selected financial data...................................         26


Item 7.    Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition
           and results of operations.................................         27

Item 7A.   Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about
           market risk...............................................         33

Item 8.    Financial statements and supplementary data...............         33


Item 9.    Changes in and disagreements with accountants on
           accounting and financial disclosure.......................         33

                                    PART III

Item 10.   Directors and executive officers of the registrant........         33

Item 11.   Executive compensation....................................         33

Item 12.   Security ownership of certain beneficial owners
           and management............................................         34

Item 13.   Certain relationships and related transactions............         34

                                     PART IV

Item 14.   Exhibits, financial statement schedules, and reports
           on Form 8-K...............................................         34

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1. Business

     You are cautioned that the following text concerning our business should be
read in  conjunction  with  the  "Forward-Looking  Statements;  Business  Risks"
appearing at the end of Item 1 and that certain  statements  made in this Item 1
are qualified by the risk factors set forth in that section. Please keep in mind
while reading this report that:

     -"We," "Us" or "Whitman" Refers to Whitman  Education  Group,  Inc. and Its
      Subsidiaries.

     -"Colorado  Tech"  refers  to the  three  campuses  of  Colorado  Technical
      University, and except  where  otherwise  noted,  also  includes its Huron
      University campus.

     -"Sanford-Brown"  refers  collectively  to  our  five Sanford-Brown College
      campuses.

     -"UDS" refers collectively to the fifteen Ultrasound Diagnostic Schools.


GENERAL

     We are a proprietary provider of career-oriented  postsecondary  education.
Through three wholly- owned subsidiaries,  we currently operate 24 schools in 13
states offering a range of graduate, undergraduate and non-degree certificate or
diploma programs primarily in the fields of information  technology,  healthcare
and business to more than 8,000 students.

     We are organized into a University  Degree Division and an Associate Degree
Division  through  which we offer  education  programs.  The  University  Degree
Division  primarily offers  doctorate,  master's and bachelor's  degrees through
Colorado Tech. The Associate  Degree  Division  offers  associate's  degrees and
diplomas or certificates through Sanford-Brown and UDS.

     Our students are predominantly adults, generally between the ages of 24 and
35, who commute to our schools and require limited  ancillary  student services.
The students are seeking to acquire  basic  knowledge  and skills  necessary for
entry-level  employment  in  technical  careers or to acquire new or  additional
skills to either change careers or advance in their current careers.

     Our executive  offices are located at 4400 Biscayne  Boulevard,  6th Floor,
Miami, Florida 33137, and our telephone number is (305) 575-6510.


BACKGROUND

     We were originally incorporated in New Jersey in 1979. In 1983, we acquired
two UDS schools in New York which offered non-degree programs only in diagnostic
medical  ultrasound.  Enrollment  in the two schools was less than 50  students.
Over the next nine years,  we opened eight  additional UDS schools and increased
our total enrollment to approximately 400 students.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     In 1992, Dr. Phillip Frost invested in Whitman and became our Chairman.  At
the time of his investment,  we had revenues of approximately  $3.8 million from
UDS  operations,  and total  enrollment  at the ten  existing  UDS  schools  was
approximately  675.  We  continued  to  expand  UDS by  adding  five  additional
locations by 1994, for a total of 15 locations.

     In 1994,  we began to expand the scope of our  business  to offer a broader
range of  certificate  programs in our UDS schools.  Beginning in late 1994,  we
began offering  cardiovascular  technology and medical assisting programs in our
UDS schools. In addition,  in 1994 we began to evaluate  acquisition  candidates
that  would  permit us to offer a  broader  range of  career-oriented  programs,
including degree-based programs.

     In  December  1994,  we  acquired  Sanford-Brown,  a  nationally-accredited
college  founded in 1868,  which offers  associate  degree programs in business,
computer technology and healthcare. With three campuses in and around St. Louis,
Missouri,  one in Kansas  City,  Missouri  and one in  Granite  City,  Illinois,
Sanford-Brown   added   approximately   1,500   students   to  our   enrollment.
Sanford-Brown,  together with UDS, created a network of 20 schools offering both
associate's   degrees  and  non-degree   programs  in  information   technology,
healthcare  and  business.  These  20  schools  comprise  our  Associate  Degree
Division.

     In March  1996,  we further  broadened  our  degree  program  offerings  by
acquiring Colorado Tech in Colorado Springs, Colorado. Founded in 1965, Colorado
Tech is a  regionally-accredited  institution  offering  doctorate,  master  and
bachelor degrees in various information  technology and business fields. Through
the  acquisition  of Colorado  Tech,  we realized one of our goals of offering a
full range of degree programs.  The maturity of Colorado Tech and the quality of
its programs also created the  opportunity  for us to expand by replicating  the
Colorado  Tech model  either in new  locations  or  through  the  conversion  of
acquired institutions.  Colorado Tech is the foundation of our University Degree
Division.

     Colorado  Tech began an expansion  program in late 1996.  In October  1996,
Colorado  Tech  opened its second  campus in Denver,  Colorado;  and in December
1996,  Colorado  Tech  expanded its  educational  content and  geographic  scope
through the  acquisition of two campuses of Huron  University in Huron and Sioux
Falls, South Dakota. Huron University, which was founded in 1883, offered an MBA
program as well as bachelor  degree programs in healthcare,  business,  computer
technology and education.  After the acquisition of Huron University,  the Sioux
Falls campus was converted into an additional  location of Colorado Tech because
both the Sioux  Falls  campus  and  Colorado  Tech  principally  serve the adult
learner - generally, working adults seeking to advance in an existing career. In
addition,  Huron  University's  MBA program was installed at the other  Colorado
Tech campuses. Huron University's Huron campus, however, principally directs its
efforts  to  serving  more   traditional   students,   younger  adults  pursuing
degree-based higher education upon graduation from high school.

     In order to sharpen  our  strategic  focus,  we have  decided to divest our
Huron  University  campus and focus our efforts on adult learners.  Although the
curricula  is  career-oriented  at  Huron  University,   there  are  fundamental
differences  in a  campus  serving  working  adults  and a campus  serving  more
traditional  students.  Accordingly,  in  February,  1999,  we  entered  into an
agreement   whereby  the  business   operations  of  Huron  University  will  be
transferred to a new ownership  group to be formed by the current  chancellor of
Huron  University,  who will remain with Huron  University as its president once
the transaction has been completed.

     Completion   of   the   transaction   is   subject  to  various conditions,
including   the   obtaining   of   adequate   financing   by   the   new owners,
the  obtaining of  all  necessary state and other governmental agency approvals,

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

the  attaining  of  independent  accreditation  of Huron  University  and  Huron
University  independently  qualifying  for  participation  in  federal  Title IV
student  financial  assistance  programs   administered  by  the  United  States
Department of Education.  We anticipate that these  conditions will be fulfilled
sometime  in the second  half of  calendar  1999  after  which we will close the
transaction,  although  there can be no assurance that the  transaction  will be
consummated.

     In  connection  with  the  expansion  of  programs  and  locations  and the
acquisition of new schools,  we have continually  focused on  strengthening  our
management  and improving our  facilities to foster  effective  oversight of our
operations.  In March 1996,  we relocated  our  headquarters  from New Jersey to
Miami,  Florida. In addition,  through both recruitment and acquisition over the
past several years, we established an entirely new executive management team and
have  broadened and upgraded our middle  management  team by adding  individuals
with broad  experience  in  proprietary  education.  We have also  expanded  the
breadth  and  depth of our Board of  Directors  to  provide  a  diverse  base of
knowledge and skills in education, regulated industry, mergers and acquisitions,
and business generally, particularly high-growth businesses.

     In 1997, we reincorporated  in the State of Florida,  where we maintain our
corporate headquarters.

THE POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION MARKET

     The  postsecondary  education market is  estimated  to exceed $210  billion
annually,  with more than 14 million students  enrolled in over 6,000 single and
multi-location   institutions   nationwide.   According  to  the  United  States
Department of  Education,  the  population  enrolled in such  institutions  will
increase by nearly 1.5 million  students to over 16 million students by the year
2005.  Further,  of   the   Title  IV   financial   aid  eligible  institutions,
approximately  3,000 are for-profit,  with  approximately  500 of those offering
associate's  degrees or higher.  Total enrollment in for-profit  institutions is
estimated to be less than 5% of the overall market.

     Additionally,  we  believe  that the  market  for  entry-level  associate's
degrees is  enhanced  by the  increasing  number of new high  school  graduates,
projected  to increase  from 2.5  million in 1994 to 3.1 million in 2004.  It is
further  enhanced  by an  increase  in the  percentage  of  recent  high  school
graduates  who  continue  their  education  after  graduation.  According to the
National   Center   For   Education  Statistics,  this percentage increased from
approximately 57% in 1987 to 67% in 1997. In addition,   the  number  of   adult
learners is  increasing.   Adults  over  the  age  of 24 constitute  the largest
group of students  measured by age category.   The United  States  Department of
Education  estimates  that  by  the  year   2001    approximately   6.6  million
or  42%  of  the  students   attending postsecondary institutions will be adults
over the age of 24.

     Further,  the continuing  shift in the information age from  non-skilled to
skilled  workers is  dramatic.  According  to  economists,  in 1950,  40% of the
workforce in the United States was considered  skilled or professional;  in 1991
this number had risen to 65% and, it is projected  that in the year 2000, 85% of
jobs will  require  education  or  training  beyond high  school.  This shift is
reflected by and further driven by the income  premium  placed on  postsecondary
education.  According to the United States Census Bureau,  in 1995, a full- time
male worker with an associate degree earned an average of 37% more per year than
a comparable worker with only a high school diploma, and a full-time male worker
with a  bachelor's  degree  earned  an  average  of 72%  more  per  year  than a
comparable worker with only a high school diploma.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

     Based on these trends,  we are focusing our efforts in serving two distinct
groups of postsecondary students:  those seeking to rapidly enter new careers or
change careers and those seeking to advance in existing  careers.  Our Associate
Degree  Division  focuses  principally  on the  former  market  segment  and our
University Degree Division focuses  principally on the latter market segment. We
believe that by organizing our business into two  divisions,  we will be able to
better capitalize on opportunities in both of these market segments.


BUSINESS STRATEGY

     We intend to  capitalize  on what we believe  are  favorable  trends in the
postsecondary education market by focusing on career-oriented education programs
designed  primarily for adult  learners  seeking to acquire basic  knowledge and
skills  necessary for entry-level  employment in new careers or advance in their
current careers.  Having established a broad base of educational content offered
in a broad range of degree (associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctorate) and
non-degree  programs,  we believe we are well-positioned to focus our efforts on
further internal growth.

     In the short  term,  we believe  that our best  opportunity  for  achieving
growth  will come from the  integration  of existing  operations  with the basic
objectives of  increasing  revenues at existing  schools and  improving  overall
operating  efficiencies  at each school and within our operations as a whole. To
accomplish our goal of increasing  revenues from our existing schools, we intend
to increase  enrollment  by adding  curricula at our existing  locations  and by
improving  our  marketing  efforts.  We also  intend to expand  our  educational
programs.  The expansion of  educational  programs will include the elevation of
certain certificate and diploma programs to associate degree programs as well as
the development of new curricula. We also intend to develop and offer continuing
education  programs and corporate  training  programs for which our curricula is
well-suited and can be customized on a cost-effective basis.

     While we will  continue  to strive  for  increased  revenues  and  enhanced
operating  efficiencies  from our current  operations  in the short term, in the
intermediate  and longer term, we will seek to expand our network of campuses by
opening  new  campuses.  We may  establish  new  locations  where we believe the
population of working adults,  the local employment  market, the availability of
management  talent  and  demographic  trends  will  permit  us  to  successfully
replicate our operational model.  Establishment of new locations will be subject
to our ability to comply with or satisfy applicable  regulatory  requirements of
the United States  Department of Education and state licensing and accreditation
requirements.  We may also augment our  expansion  through  selective  strategic
acquisitions   where  an  acquisition  is  a  more  feasible   alternative  both
financially and operationally.


OPERATING STRUCTURE

     We  operate  as two  divisions:  the  University  Degree  Division  and the
Associate Degree Division.  Each division focuses on a different  segment of the
postsecondary  career  education  market.  Our corporate office provides various
centralized  administrative  services  to  each  of  our  divisions  and  has  a
management  structure  which  develops  and  implements  corporate  policies and
procedures  within each division.  Each division has campus managers who oversee
the   daily   operations   of   their  campuses   and  district  directors   who
oversee    multiple   campus   locations.   We   believe  that  this  management
structure    allows    local   school    management    to   develop     valuable
local  market experience  and  community  and   employer    relationships   that

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

are vital to the adult  career  education  market,  while  still  realizing  the
economies of scale and degree of control associated with centralization.

     The University  Degree Division is currently  comprised of Colorado Tech, a
regionally-accredited institution. Huron University is an additional location of
Colorado Tech. Students attending the three principal Colorado Tech campuses are
typically  working  adults  seeking to advance in their current  careers.  Huron
University,   being  a  more  traditional  institution,   primarily  serves  the
traditional  student  attending  college  immediately   following  high  school.
Colorado Tech offers various bachelor's degrees in computer science, management,
engineering  and  education;  master's  degrees in  computer  science,  computer
engineering, electrical engineering, management and business administration; and
doctorate  degrees in computer science and management.  We believe that flexible
course  structures,  class  schedules  designed for the working  adult,  and the
introduction of local-campus  doctorate programs have solidified Colorado Tech's
position  as a  recognized  leading  source of adult  education  in its  current
markets  and have  established  a  successful,  replicable  model for growth and
expansion into new markets.  Huron University is a more traditional  residential
based university. The sale of this campus is pending.

     The Associate  Degree Division  focuses on the adult learner who desires to
rapidly  change  careers or to quickly enter a new career  field.  The Associate
Degree Division is currently  comprised of Sanford- Brown and UDS, which provide
adult students with associate's  degrees and professional  certificate  programs
primarily  in  the  areas  of  healthcare,  computer  technology  and  business.
Sanford-Brown  is a nationally-  accredited  institution  that provides  various
associate's degrees in computer technology,  business, and various allied health
fields and similar  professional  certificate  programs.  UDS is also nationally
accredited and provides professional  certificate programs in diagnostic medical
ultrasound,   cardiovascular   technology,   medical   assisting   and  surgical
technology. We anticipate offering a new program, Health Information Specialist,
at selected campuses this fiscal year.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

     We offer a range of career-oriented educational programs, substantially all
of which are in the areas of computer and electronic technology,  healthcare and
business. We offer various  concentrations in these programs at the associate's,
bachelor's,  master's and doctorate levels as well as the  professional  diploma
and certificate  levels.  Our programs are designed primarily to serve the adult
learner seeking to acquire basic knowledge and skills  necessary for entry-level
employment  or to  acquire  new or  additional  skills to change  careers  or to
advance in their current careers.  Each institution  maintains curriculum action
groups,  comprised of faculty, campus program directors and corporate curriculum
specialists,  that  periodically  review  and  revise  curricula  as a result of
feedback from students,  local advisory  boards  comprised of  professionals  in
career fields related to the programs and local employers.

     Our educational programs, by degree level, are set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


              UNIVERSITY DEGREE DIVISION                                          ASSOCIATE DEGREE DIVISION
- -------------------------------------------------------             -----------------------------------------------------------
COLORADO TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY      HURON UNIVERSITY 1               SANFORD-BROWN COLLEGE          ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTIC SCHOOL
<S>                                <C>                              <C>                            <C>

DOCTORATE PROGRAMS                 MASTER DEGREE PROGRAM                ASSOCIATE DEGREE              SPECIALIZED ASSOCIATE
Computer Science                   Business Administration                  PROGRAMS                     DEGREE PROGRAMS
Management                                                           Computer Information Systems       (Florida campuses only)
                                   BACHELOR DEGREE                   Network Administration           Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound
MASTER DEGREE PROGRAMS             PROGRAMS                          Interactive Multimedia           Non-Invasive Cardiovascular
Computer Science                   Computer Science                  Physical Therapy Assistant        Technology
Computer Engineering               Management Information Systems    Occupational Therapy Assistant
Electrical Engineering             Financial Management              Respiratory Therapy
Management                         Management                        Radiography                        PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA
Business Administration            Managerial Accounting             Nursing                                  PROGRAMS
                                   Teacher Education                 Medical Assistant                Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound
   BACHELOR DEGREE                 Nursing                           Accounting/Business Management   Non-Invasive Cardiovascular
      PROGRAMS                     Criminal Justice                  Office Administration             Technology
Computer Engineering               Athletic Training                 Paralegal Studies                Medical Assistant
Computer Science                                                     Computer Programming             Surgical Technology
Information Technology             ASSOCIATE DEGREE
Management Information Systems     PROGRAMS                             PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA
Telecommunication Electronics      Management Information Systems            PROGRAMS
  Technology                       Business Management               Computer Applications
Electrical Engineering             Accounting                        Computer Programming
Electronic Engineering Technology  Nursing                           Network Administration
Management                         Criminal Justice                  Interactive Multimedia
Criminal Justice                                                     Practical Nursing
                                                                     Medical Assistant
                                                                     Respiratory Therapy
  ASSOCIATE DEGREE                                                   Accounting
      PROGRAM                                                        Administrative Office Assistant
Information Technology
Electronics Technology
Business Management
Accounting
Medical Assisting
Criminal Justice

- -------------------
<FN>

     1    A campus of Colorado Technical University
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

     The following  table provides  information as of May 15, 1999 regarding the
programs offered by each of our schools:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     LENGTH OF
                                TYPE OF    NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     PROGRAM
        SCHOOL                  PROGRAM    LOCATIONS     STUDENTS   (IN MONTHS1)
        ------                  -------    ---------    ----------  ------------

UNIVERSITY DEGREE DIVISION
- --------------------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Colorado Technical University   Doctoral         2             86           36
                                Master           3            639        21-25
                                Bachelor         3          1,394           36
                                Associate        3            197           18
                                Non-degree       3            185       Varies

         School total                                       2,501
                                                           ======

Huron University                Master           1             23           21
                                Bachelor         1            418           48
                                Associate        1             48           24
                                Non-degree       1             20       Varies

         School total                                         509
                                                           ======

Associate Degree Division

Sanford-Brown College           Associate        4          1,021        14-18
                                Non-degree       5            477        11-14

         School Total                                       1,498
                                                           ======


Ultrasound Diagnostic School    Non-degree      15          3,320         9-18
                                Specialized
                                    Associate    3            278         9-18
                                                           ------

         School Total                                       3,598
                                                           ======

         Total                                              8,106
                                                           ======

     Tuition  and fees for our  programs  vary  depending  on the  nature of the
program and the location of the school.  Based on rates to be implemented during
the   current   fiscal    year,    tuition   and   fees   for   the  non- degree
programs in the Associate  Degree   Division   range from approximately   $9,000
for the nine-month medical assistant program  offered   by  UDS to approximately
$22,500 for the longest associate  degree  programs   offered by  Sanford-Brown.
At   Colorado   Tech,   tuition   and   fees  range  from  approximately $31,000
- -------------------
<FN>

     1 At Colorado Tech, the working adult student typically do not attend their
program on a full-time  basis.  Therefore,  it  generally  takes longer than the
stated program length to complete the program.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

to $33,000  for the  bachelor's  degree  programs,  $13,500  to $19,000  for the
master's program and approximately $35,000 for the doctorate program.

     Academic schedules are designed to meet the needs of the adult student. UDS
offers all three of its  programs  during the day or evening and  classes  begin
generally  every five weeks.  Sanford-Brown's  programs begin  quarterly and are
offered  both during the day and  evening.  Degree  programs at Colorado  Tech's
Colorado Springs, Denver and Sioux Falls campuses are offered principally in the
evening to  accommodate  the  Colorado  Tech  student who is typically a working
adult.  Classes  at Huron are  offered  principally  during  the day to meet the
demands of the more traditional student.


STUDENT RECRUITMENT

     We utilize a wide array of advertising and marketing  strategies to attract
students to our schools,  including  various  combinations of newspaper,  radio,
direct  contact  with  human  resources  departments  of  various  corporations,
television and direct mail. We market each of our schools on a local basis,  and
draw the vast  majority of our students  from the local areas  surrounding  each
school.  We measure the  effectiveness of our marketing  efforts by tracking the
enrollment  rates and costs  associated with each form of marketing.  Typically,
approximately  25% of our schools' new enrollment is generated by referrals from
graduates or current  students with the  remainder  resulting  from  advertising
efforts.


STUDENT ADMISSIONS

     Each school employs several  admissions  representatives  who interview and
enroll students on-site and a variety of support personnel to assist students in
the admissions process. Each of our schools has admission  requirements designed
to ensure that  entering  students  have the  educational  and work  experience,
personal  circumstances and the ability necessary to successfully complete their
program of study.  Admission  requirements  differ  from  program to program and
school  to  school,  but at a  minimum,  each  applicant  must be a high  school
graduate or possess the recognized equivalent  credential,  perform successfully
on a personal  interview,  and in most cases,  perform adequately on an entrance
examination.  The admissions process is monitored by a director of admissions in
each location, and periodically reviewed for compliance by corporate personnel.


GRADUATE CAREER SERVICES

     Each of our schools  operates a career  services  department  that provides
career  development  services to current  students  and alumni.  These  services
include various combinations of seminars/courses  covering  interviewing skills,
resume  preparation  and  enhancement,  job search skills,  and career  planning
advice. In addition, the career services departments of the various schools make
contact  with  potential  employers  on behalf  of the  schools  and  individual
graduates,  schedule  interviews,  attempt to obtain feedback regarding graduate
performance  on  interviews  and on the job, and provide  on-going  re-placement
assistance to graduates.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The  postsecondary  school  industry is highly  fragmented.  Typically,  no
single public or private school or group of schools dominates markets on a local
or national  basis.  Accordingly,  each of our schools has various  competitors,
including public and private  colleges and other  proprietary  institutions.  In
addition,  in  almost  all of the  geographic  areas in which UDS  campuses  are
located,   hospitals  also  operate  programs  to  train  medical  sonographers.
Generally,  however,  hospitals  operate  these  programs for their own staffing
requirements only.

     Competition  is  typically  based on the nature and quality of the programs
offered,  flexibility of class scheduling,  service to the student customers and
employability  of  graduates.  Certain  public and  private  colleges  may offer
programs  similar  to ours at a lower  tuition  cost  due in part to  government
subsidies,  foundation grants, tax deductible  contributions and other financial
resources  not  available  to  proprietary  institutions.  However,  tuition  at
private, non-profit institutions is, on average, higher than the average tuition
rates of our schools.


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     GENERAL.  Each of our schools is subject to regulation by: (i) the state in
which it  operates;  (ii) its  accrediting  body;  and (iii) the  United  States
Department  of Education  because they are certified to  participate  in federal
financial  aid  programs  ("Title  IV  Programs")  authorized  under the  Higher
Education  Act of 1965,  as  amended.  The loss of  authorization  to operate in
states in which we currently  operate,  the withdrawal of accreditation from our
schools,  or the loss of the schools'  eligibility  to  participate  in Title IV
Programs would have a material adverse effect.

     STATE  AUTHORIZATION.  Except for South  Dakota  which no longer  regulates
educational  institutions,  we are required to have  authorization to operate in
each state where we physically  provide  educational  programs.  Certain  states
accept  accreditation  as  evidence  of  meeting  minimum  state  standards  for
authorization.  Other states require  separate  evaluations  for  authorization.
Generally,  the addition of a program or the addition of a new location  must be
included  in  the  institution's   accreditation   and/or  be  approved  by  the
appropriate state authorization  agency. Our schools are currently authorized to
operate  in  all  states  in  which  they  have  physical   locations  and  such
authorization is required. State authorization is required for an institution to
become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.

     ACCREDITATION. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an
institution  submits itself to  qualitative  review by an  organization  of peer
institutions.  There are  three  types of  accrediting  agencies:  (i)  national
accrediting  agencies,  which accredit  institutions on the basis of the overall
nature of the institutions without regard to geographic location;  (ii) regional
accrediting  agencies,  which primarily accredit institutions based within their
geographic areas; and (iii) programmatic  accrediting  agencies,  which accredit
specific   educational   programs   offered   by   institutions.   Accreditation
serves as:   the    basis    for   the    recognition     and   acceptance    by
employers,    other    higher    education     institutions   and   governmental
entities   of   degrees   and   credits   earned  by   our  students;    one  of
the   qualifications   to   participate   in    Title IV   Programs;  and    the
qualification  for  authorization  to operate  in  certain  states.  Accrediting
agencies   primarily   examine   the   academic   quality   of the instructional
programs    of    an    institution,   and  a   grant   of   accreditation    is
generally      viewed     as      validation      that     an      institution's
programs meet    generally    accepted     academic   standards.     Accrediting

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

     agencies also review the  administrative  and  financial  operations of the
institutions  they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to
perform its educational mission.

     Pursuant to  provisions  of the Higher  Education  Act, the  Department  of
Education relies on accrediting agencies and state licensing bodies to determine
whether  institutions'  educational  programs qualify them to participate in the
Title IV Programs. The Higher Education Act requires each recognized accrediting
agency to submit to a periodic  review of its  procedures  and  practices by the
Department of Education as a condition of its continued recognition. Accrediting
agencies  that meet the  Department  of Education  standards  are  recognized as
reliable arbiters of educational quality. As required under the Title IV Program
rules,  each of our schools is accredited by an accrediting  body  recognized by
the Department of Education.

     The Higher Education Act requires  accrediting  agencies  recognized by the
Department of Education to review many aspects of an institution's operations to
ensure  that  the  education  or  training  offered  by  the  institution  is of
sufficient quality to achieve, for the duration of the accreditation period, the
stated  objective  for which the  education  or training  is offered.  Under the
Higher  Education  Act, a recognized  accrediting  agency must  perform  regular
inspections and reviews of institutions of higher education.

     If an  accrediting  agency  believes  that  an  institution  may  be out of
compliance with accrediting standards, it may place the institution on probation
or a similar  warning  status or direct  the  institution  to show cause why its
accreditation  should not be revoked.  An  accrediting  agency may also place an
institution on "reporting" status in order to monitor one or more specific areas
of the institution's  performance.  An institution placed on reporting status is
required to report  periodically to its accrediting agency on that institution's
performance  in  a  specific  area.  Failure  to  demonstrate   compliance  with
accrediting  standards  in any of  these  instances  could  result  in  loss  of
accreditation.   While  on  probation,   show  cause  or  reporting  status,  an
institution may be required to seek permission of its accrediting agency to open
and commence instruction at new location.

     FEDERAL  FINANCIAL AID  PROGRAMS.  We derive a majority of our revenue from
students who  participate in Title IV Programs  under the Higher  Education Act,
and the regulations  promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education.  The
potential  loss of student  financial  aid due to our  failure to comply  with a
requirement of the regulations would have a material adverse effect.

     A brief description of these programs follows:

          FEDERAL  PELL  GRANT  ("PELL").  Federal  Pell  Grants  are a  primary
component of the Title IV Programs under which the Department of Education makes
grants to students who  demonstrate  financial need.  Every eligible  student is
entitled to receive a Pell Grant; there is no institutional allocation or limit.
For the 1998-99 award year, Pell Grants range from $400 to $3,000 per year.

          FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL  EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY GRANT ("FSEOG").  FSEOG
awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants for the neediest  students.  FSEOG
awards     generally    range    in      amount     from    $100    to    $4,000
per year;    however    the   availability    of   FSEOG   awards   is   limited
by    the    amount   of    those    funds   allocated   to   an     institution
under   a   formula    that    takes    into   account  the     size    of   the
institution,   its   costs   and   the   income    levels    of  its   students.
We   are     required    to    make   a   25%    matching  contribution      for
all      FSEOG      program      funds     disbursed.  Resources    for     this
institutional  contribution  may     include  institutional grants, scholarships

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

and other eligible funds and, in certain states,  portions of state scholarships
and grants.  During the 1997-98 award year, our required 25% institutional match
was approximately $14,050.

          FEDERAL  FAMILY  EDUCATION  LOAN  PROGRAM  ("FFEL").  The FFEL program
consists of two types of loans;  Stafford  loans,  which are made  available  to
students,  and PLUS  loans,  which are made  available  to parents  of  students
classified as dependents.  Under the Stafford loan program, a student may borrow
up to $2,625 for the first  academic year,  $3,500 for the second  academic year
and,  in some  educational  programs,  $5,500  for each of the third and  fourth
academic  years.  Students with  financial  need qualify for interest  subsidies
while in school  and  during  grace  periods.  Students  who are  classified  as
independent  can  increase  their  borrowing   limits  and  receive   additional
unsubsidized  Stafford loans.  Such students can obtain an additional $4,000 for
each of the first and second academic years and,  depending upon the educational
program,  an additional  $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic years.
The  obligation to begin  repaying  Stafford  loans does not commence  until six
months after a student ceases enrollment as at least a half-time student.

          FEDERAL  PERKINS  LOAN  PROGRAM  ("PERKINS").  Eligible  undergraduate
students may borrow up to $3,000 under the Perkins  program during each academic
year,  with an  aggregate  maximum of $15,000,  at a 5%  interest  rate and with
repayment  delayed until nine months after the borrower ceases to be enrolled on
at least a half-time  basis.  Perkins loans are made available to those students
who  demonstrate  the greatest  financial  need.  Perkins  loans are made from a
revolving account,  75% of which was initially  capitalized by the Department of
Education. Subsequent federal capital contributions, with an institutional match
in the  same  proportion,  may  be  received  if an  institution  meets  certain
requirements.  Each  institution  collects  payments  on Perkins  loans from its
former students and loans those funds to students currently enrolled. Collection
and disbursement of Perkins loans is the  responsibility  of each  participating
institution. Presently, only Colorado Tech utilizes the Perkins program.

          FEDERAL WORK STUDY ("FWS").  Under the FWS program,  federal funds are
made available to pay up to 75% of the cost of part-time  employment of eligible
students,  based on their financial need, to perform work for the institution or
for  off-campus  public  or  non-profit   organizations.   At  least  5%  of  an
institution's  FWS  allocation  must  be  used to  fund  student  employment  in
community service positions.

     FEDERAL OVERSIGHT OF TITLE IV PROGRAMS. In order to participate in Title IV
Programs,  we must  comply  with  complex  standards  set  forth  in the  Higher
Education  Act and the  regulations  including the  demonstration  of "financial
responsibility" and the "administrative capability" to handle and disburse Title
IV funds.  Compliance with such standards is subject to periodic  reviews by the
Department  of Education  and state and national  agencies  which  guarantee the
loans  made in the  Title IV  Programs.  Disbursements  made  under the Title IV
Programs are subject to  disallowance  and  repayment if such reviews  result in
adverse  findings and if such findings are sustained  after an  institution  has
exhausted  its  right  to  appeal.  We  believe  that  our  institutions  are in
substantial  compliance with the Higher  Education Act and the  regulations.  We
cannot,  however,  predict with  certainty  how all of the Higher  Education Act
provisions  and the  regulations  will  be  applied.  As  described  below,  our
violation  of the Title IV Program  requirements  could have a material  adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  In addition,  it is
possible that the Higher  Education Act and the  regulations may be applied in a
way that could hinder our operations or expansion plans.

     ELIGIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES.  The Higher Education Act and its
implementing    regulations   require   each   institution  to  apply   to   the
Department   of   Education   for   continued  eligibility  and certification to

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

participate  in the Title IV  Programs  at least  every five  years,  or when it
undergoes  a change of  control,  opens an  additional  location  or raises  the
highest academic credential it offers.

     PROVISIONAL  CERTIFICATION.  An  institution  may be placed on  provisional
certification  status for a period not to exceed three years,  if the Department
of  Education  finds  that the  institution  does not fully  satisfy  all of its
eligibility and certification standards.  Provisional certification differs from
full  certification  in that a provisionally  certified school may be terminated
from   eligibility  to  participate  in  Title  IV  Programs  without  the  same
opportunity for a hearing before an independent hearing officer and an appeal to
the Secretary of Education  afforded to a fully certified school.  Further,  the
Department of Education  may impose  additional  conditions  on a  provisionally
certified  institution's  eligibility  to  continue  participating  in  Title IV
Programs.  If an  institution  successfully  participates  in Title IV  Programs
during its period of  provisional  certification  but fails to satisfy  the full
certification  criteria, the Department of Education may renew the institution's
provisional  certification.  Further,  any  institution  seeking  eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs after a change in control will be provisionally
certified for a limited period, following which the institution will be required
to reapply for continued eligibility.


LEGISLATIVE ACTION

     Political  and  budgetary  concerns   significantly  affect  the  Title  IV
Programs.  Congress must re- authorize  the Higher  Education Act  approximately
every six years.  The most recent  re-authorization  in 1998  re-authorized  the
Higher  Education Act through  September 30, 2004.     Congress    re-authorized
all of the  Title  IV  Programs  in which  our  schools participate,   generally
in the same form and at funding  levels no less than for the prior year.   While
the 1998 re-authorization of the Higher Education Act made numerous  changes  to
Title IV Program requirements, we believe that these changes will  not  have   a
material  adverse effect on our business,  results  of  operations or  financial
condition.  Changes made by the 1998 re-authorization of  the  Higher  Education
Act include:

     - expanding  the adverse  effects on schools of high  student  loan default
       rates,

     - increasing from 85% to 90% the limit of the proprietary  school's revenue
       that may be derived each year from Title IV Programs,

     - revising the refund  standards  that require an  institution  to return a
       portion of the Title IV Program  funds for  students  who  withdraw  from
       school,

     - giving  the   Department   of  Education   flexibility   to  continue  an
       institution's  Title  IV  participation   without  interruption  in  some
       circumstances following a change of ownership or control,

     - changing the formula for calculating the interest rate on FFEL loans and

     - modifying  the  definition  of default from 180 days to 270 days past due
       for loans payable in monthly installments.

     In addition,  Congress reviews and determines  federal  appropriations  for
Title IV Programs on an annual basis.   Congress   can   also   make  changes in
the    laws   affecting    the    Title   IV    Programs    in    the     annual

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

appropriation bills and in other laws it enacts between re-authorizations of the
Higher  Education Act. Since a significant  percentage of our revenue is derived
from the Title IV Programs,  any action by Congress that  significantly  reduces
Title  IV  Program  funding  or  the  ability  of our  schools  or  students  to
participate in the Title IV Programs could have a material adverse effect on our
business,  results of operations or financial condition.  Legislative action may
increase  our  administrative  costs and require us to adjust our  practices  in
order for our schools to comply fully with the Title IV Program requirements.

     THE  90/10  RULE.  The  Higher   Education  Act  requires  that  an  annual
calculation be made for each  proprietary  school of the percentage of its Title
IV Program receipts to its total receipts from Title IV eligible programs. Under
this rule, a proprietary  school will be ineligible to  participate  in Title IV
Programs  if,  under a  modified  cash basis of  accounting,  more than 90% (for
fiscal years ending on or after October 1, 1998, and 85% for fiscal years ending
before that date) of revenues from its Title IV eligible  programs for the prior
fiscal year,  were derived from Title IV Program funds. If a school were to fail
the  90/10   rule  fo r a  particular  fiscal  year, it would be  ineligible  to
participate  in Title IV  Programs as of the first day of the  following  fiscal
year and  would be  unable to apply to  regain  its  eligibility  until the next
fiscal  year.  Furthermore,  if one of our schools  violated  the 90/10 rule and
became  ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse
Title IV Program funds,  the Department of Education would consider all Title IV
Program funds disbursed to the institution  after the effective date of the loss
of eligibility to be a liability subject to repayment by the institution.

     The Office of the Inspector  General ("OIG") of the Department of Education
is currently conducting an audit of the SBC campus in Granite City, Illinois for
the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1998.  Although  this audit has not yet been
completed  and no audit report has been  issued,  the OIG  representatives  have
questioned the Granite City campus'  inclusion of institutional  scholarships as
non-Title IV  funds in    determining  compliance  with the 85/15 rule. We have
responded to the OIG.   Although we believe that the Granite City campus was in
compliance  with the 85/15 rule and that the OIG audit will be resolved without
any material adverse effect, as with any such audit,  no assurance can be given
as to the final outcome since matters are not yet resolved.

     ADMINISTRATIVE  CAPABILITY. The Higher Education Act directs the Department
of Education to assess the  administrative  capability  of each  institution  to
participate  in Title IV  Programs.  The  Department  of  Education  has  issued
regulations  that  require  each  institution  to  satisfy a series of  separate
standards.  Failure to satisfy any of the standards  may lead the  Department of
Education to determine that the institution lacks administrative capability and,
therefore, is not eligible to continue its participation in Title IV Programs or
must be placed  on  provisional  certification  status  as a  condition  of such
continued participation.

      Under  regulations  issued by the  Department  of Education in 1996, as of
January 1, 1998,  each  institution  must utilize certain  electronic  processes
provided  by  the   Department   of   Education   in  order  to  be   considered
administratively   capable.   Our  institutions   fully  comply  with  this  new
requirement.

     INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  An additional standard in the Higher Education Act
prohibits an institution from providing any commission, bonus or other incentive
payment  based  directly or  indirectly  on success in securing  enrollments  or
financial  aid to any  person  or entity  engaged  in any  student  recruitment,
admission or financial aid awarding  activity.  The  Department of Education has
provided only limited guidance respecting compliance with this requirement.  Our
employees involved in student recruitment, admissions or financial aid receive a
salary and  participate  in a bonus plan  available to all  employees.  Based on
written guidance from the Department of Education, we believe that our method of
compensating  these  employees  complies  with the  requirements  of the  Higher
Education   Act.     The   regulations   do   not,   however,  establish   clear

                                     -15-

<PAGE>

standards for  compliance,  and there can be no assurance that the Department of
Education will interpret its regulations in the same manner as we have.

     STANDARDS OF FINANCIAL  RESPONSIBILITY.  Each eligible  institution (except
for  state-owned  institutions)  must  satisfy  certain  standards  of financial
responsibility to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. To be considered
financially responsible under the regulations,  an institution must, among other
things,  (i) have  sufficient  cash reserves to make required  refunds;  (ii) be
current in its debt payments; (iii) be meeting all of its financial obligations;
and (iv) meet prescribed financial  standards.  For purposes of these standards,
Sanford-Brown  and Colorado Tech have  historically  been  evaluated as distinct
entities,  while the  Department  of Education has evaluated UDS on the basis of
the financial  performance of Whitman as a whole. However, the regulations allow
the  Department  of  Education  to  evaluate  an  institution  based  on its own
financial  condition  or  that  of its  corporate  parent  and  there  can be no
assurance  that the method by which the  Department  of Education  evaluates our
schools will not change in the future.

     In November  1997,  the  Department  of  Education  revised the  applicable
standards of financial  responsibility.  However,  the new regulations provide a
transition  year  alternative  for fiscal years beginning after July 1, 1997 and
prior to June 30, 1998. In its transition  year, an institution  can elect to be
evaluated under either the old or new standards of financial responsibility. Our
transition  year  is our  1999  fiscal  year  covered  by this  Report.  The new
standards will become absolutely  applicable to our financial  statements in our
next fiscal year, ending March 31, 2000. We believe we currently meet  both  the
old and new standards of financial responsibility.

     To be considered  financially  responsible  under the new  regulations,  an
institution  must  achieve  a  composite  score  of at  least  1.5  based on the
institution's  Equity,  Primary Reserve and Net Income ratios,  as calculated on
the basis of the institution's annual audited financial  statements.  The Equity
Ratio measures capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability. The
Primary  Reserve  Ratio  measures an  institution's  ability to support  current
operations  from  expendable  resources.   The  Net  Income  Ratio  measures  an
institution's ability to operate profitably.

     Once these  ratios are  computed  on the basis of an  institutions  annual
audited financial  statements,  they are adjusted by strength factors,  weighted
and added to create the  composite  score which may range from  negative  one to
three. If the resulting  composite  score is 1.5 or greater,  the institution is
deemed to be financially  responsible.  If the institution's  composite score is
below 1.5, the institution is deemed not to be financially  responsible.  If the
institution's     composite     score    is     more     than    1.0   and  less
than    1.5,    the  institution   may    continue   to   participate   in Title
IV  Programs, even  though  it  is deemed  not  to be  financially  responsible,
for a period of no more than three years,  provided its composite  score remains
in the range of 1.0 to 1.4 in each of those years. An institution  participating
in Title IV Programs on this basis must  participate in the Title IV Programs on
the   reimbursement  or  cash  monitoring  method  of  payment  under  which  an
institution  must disburse its own funds to students  before  receiving Title IV
Program  funds  and  must  provide  the  Department  of  Education  with  timely
information with respect to certain matters and financial events. The Department
of  Education  may also request from such  institutions  additional  information
about their current operations and/or future plans. If an institution achieves a
composite  score  of 1.0 or  below,  the  institution  may  establish  financial
responsibility  by  posting  an  irrevocable  letter  of  credit in favor of the
Department  of Education in an amount equal to not less than  one-half the Title
IV Program funds received by students  enrolled at such  institution  during the
prior fiscal year.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

     Under the new standards,  our composite  score on a consolidated  basis (as
historically  applied to UDS) is 2.2. Colorado Tech's composite score is 2.6 and
Sanford-Brown's composite score is 2.7. While we  will  constantly  evaluate and
attempt to  improve  our  composite   score   prior  to March  31,  2000,  there
can be no assurance that all of our institutions will meet the minimum composite
score of 1.5 at March 31,  2000 and therefore  avoid the  heightened  monitoring
by the Department  of  Education or the requirement to submit a letter of credit
as described above.

     Even if an institution achieved a composite score of at least 1.5, however,
it   may   be   deemed   to   lack  financially   responsibility   if   (i)  the
institution's   audit   report   contains   an  adverse, qualified or disclaimed
opinion,  (ii) the  institution's  participation  in Title IV Programs  has been
limited,  suspended or terminated in the past five years,  (iii) in the past two
years, as the result of a finding in its compliance audit or in a program review
by the Department of Education,  the institution was required to repay an amount
greater than 5% of the funds the institution received under Title IV in the year
covered by the audit or program  review,  (iv) the institution has failed in the
past five years to timely submit  compliance and financial  statement audits, or
(v) the institution  failed to resolve  satisfactorily  any compliance  problems
identified in audit or program reviews. The institution may also be deemed to be
not  financially   responsible  if  certain  controlling  persons  owe,  or  are
associated  with another  institution  that owes,  Title IV  liabilities  to the
Department of Education.

     Under  the  old  regulations, the  three  principal  numeric  standards  of
financial  responsibility are:  profitability,  the acid test ratio and tangible
net worth.

     PROFITABILITY.  A school may not have net operating  losses,  as defined by
the  regulations,  in either or both of its two most recent fiscal years that in
sum result in a decrease in  tangible  net worth in excess of ten percent of the
school's  tangible net worth at the  beginning of the two-year  period.  We were
profitable in both fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999 and therefore meet this standard.

     ACID TEST RATIO. A school must maintain a ratio of cash, cash  equivalents,
certain  restricted  cash and  current  accounts  receivable  to  total  current
liabilities  of at least one to one at the end of its fiscal year.  At March 31,
1999, our acid test ratio (applicable to UDS) was 1.10 to 1.00,  Colorado Tech's
acid test ratio was 1.32 to 1.00, and  Sanford-Brown's  acid ratio test was 1.08
to 1.00.

     TANGIBLE NET WORTH. An eligible  institution is required to have a positive
tangible  net worth at the  completion  of its fiscal  year.  At March 31, 1999,
Colorado Tech, Sanford-Brown and Whitman each had a positive tangible net worth.

     Under the Department of Educations's financial responsibility standards, an
institution  that  is  determined  by  the  Department  of  Education  not to be
financially  responsible  on the  basis  of  failing  to meet one or more of the
specified  financial   responsibility   standards  is  nonetheless  entitled  to
participate  in Title IV Programs if it can  demonstrate  to the  Department  of
Education that it is financially responsible on an alternative basis. Generally,
an  institution  may  submit  an  irrevocable  letter  of credit in favor of the
Department  of Education,  in an amount equal to at least  one-half of the total
Title IV Program funds received by students enrolled at such institution  during
the prior fiscal year or, in some circumstances, the institution may be required
to submit a letter of credit in an amount  equal to at least ten percent of such
prior fiscal year's funds and agree to be  provisionally  certified and disburse
Title  IV funds  only  after  earned  by the  institution  and  approved  by the
Department  of  Education.  If required to do so, there is no assurance  that we
would be able to secure the  necessary  funds or collateral to post a sufficient
letter of credit to comply with either alternative.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

     Under a separate standard of financial responsibility,  an institution that
has made late student refunds in more than 5% of cases in either of its last two
fiscal  years  must  post a letter  of  credit  in favor  of the  Department  of
Education in an amount  equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program  refunds paid
by the  institution  in its  prior  fiscal  year.  Based on  this standard,   in
October 1998,  we posted  letters of credit  amounting  to  $450,000 as a result
of late refund findings with respect to fiscal 1998.

     COHORT DEFAULT RATES.  The  regulations  also require the  calculation of a
cohort    default   rate   on   FFEL    received    by   current   and    former
students   to   attend   the   institution. The cohort default rate measures the
percentage of students who enter  repayment in a particular  federal fiscal year
on FFEL loans and default  before the end of the following  federal fiscal year.
If a school's official cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% for each of its
three most recent federal fiscal years, it becomes  ineligible to participate in
the FFEL  programs as well as the Pell program for the  remainder of the year in
which the Department of Education  makes that  determination  and the subsequent
two years.  A school may also become  ineligible to  participate in all Title IV
Programs if its  official  default  rate  exceeds 40% in any one fiscal  year. A
school's  cohort  default  rate  is  published  annually  by the  Department  of
Education.  The most recent  official  cohort year published was for fiscal year
1996  (published in October 1998).  UDS' official 1996 rates ranged from 5.1% to
14.1%;  Sanford-Brown's  official  1996 rates were 10.0% and 14.7% and  Colorado
Tech's official 1996 rate was 5.9%. All of our schools' preliminary 1997 default
rates were below 25% with no preliminary  rate exceeding  16.5%. The fiscal year
1996 cohort default rates for all of our schools  average 10.5; the average rate
for all  proprietary  institutions  in the United States for the same period was
approximately 18%.

     In addition,  the regulations provide that in the event that an institution
has an FFEL cohort default rate in excess of 25%, or a Perkins loan default rate
of more  than  15% in a  year,  the  Department  of  Education  may  place  that
institution  on provisional  certification  to participate in Title IV Programs.
Provisional  certification  may last no longer than three years.  As a result of
high default rates at Sanford - Brown's  Granite  City and Missouri campuses  in
federal fiscal years 1992 and 1993, Sanford-Brown's certification to participate
in Title IV Programs is  provisional at this time. Sanford-Brown's default rates
in 1994, 1995 and, 1996 were all below the 25% threshold.

     CHANGE OF  CONTROL.  A change of  ownership  which  results  in a change in
control (as defined below) of Whitman or one or more of our  institutions  could
result in all (if Whitman  changes  ownership)  or some of our schools  becoming
ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs  pending  recertification  by the
Department of Education. Such change in ownership and control could also require
reauthorization   to   operate   by     individual     states   and   trigger  a
review   by    each  of   our    school's    accrediting  bodies.  However,  the
1998  re-authorization  of the Higher Education Act provides that the Department
of Education may provisionally and temporarily certify an institution undergoing
a change  of  control  under  certain  circumstances  while  the  Department  of
Education reviews the institution's application for recertification.

     With regard to publicly  held  companies,  the  Department of Education has
generally  adopted  the  change  of  ownership  and  control  standards  used in
reporting  such  events  under  federal  securities  law. A change in control of
Whitman which would require the filing of a Current  Report on Form 8-K with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  would also  require  our  schools to seek
recertification from the Department of Education as outlined above. A failure to
obtain  such  recertification  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on our
financial condition.

     Our acquisition of other institutions typically would result in a change of
ownership  resulting  in a  change  of  control  with  regard  to  the  acquired
institution.    When   a   change   in   control   does   occur,  the   school's

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

certification by the Department of Education  following the change in control is
provisional.  As a result of the change in  ownership  resulting  in a change in
control that occurred in  connection  with our  acquisition  of Colorado Tech in
March 1996, Colorado Tech was provisionally certified for participation in Title
IV  Programs  until March 31,  1999,  at which time it became  fully  certified.
Similarly,  Sanford-Brown was provisionally  certified for the three year period
following its acquisition in 1994 due to its change in control. Each accrediting
body and state agency which  authorizes  us to operate our schools has different
regulations regarding changes in control which could require re-authorization or
re-accreditation.    Our   failure   to   obtain   state   re-authorization   or
re-accreditation  of any of our schools  subsequent to a change in control would
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

     COMPLIANCE  AUDITS.  Our  institutions  are  subject  to audits or  program
compliance  reviews by various  external  agencies,  including the Department of
Education,  and state, guaranty and accrediting  agencies.  The Higher Education
Act  and  its  implementing  regulations  also  require  that  an  institution's
administration  of Title IV Program funds be audited  annually by an independent
accounting  firm. If the  Department of Education or another  regulatory  agency
were to determine that one of our institutions had improperly disbursed Title IV
Program  funds or had  violated a provision of the Higher  Education  Act or the
implementing  regulations,  the affected  institution could be required to repay
such funds to the  Department  of Education or the  appropriate  state agency or
lender and could be  assessed  an  administrative  fine.  If the  Department  of
Education  viewed the violation as significant,  the Department of Education may
also  transfer the  institution  from the advance  system of receiving  Title IV
Program funds to the  reimbursement  system,  under which a school must disburse
its own  funds to  students  and  document  students'  eligibility  for Title IV
Program  funds before  receiving  such funds from the  Department  of Education.
Violations of Title IV Program requirements could also subject us to other civil
and criminal penalties.  In addition, if one or more of the institutions commits
significant  violations of regulatory standards governing Title IV Programs, the
Department  of  Education  may  initiate a  proceeding  to impose a fine,  place
restrictions on an institution's participation in Title IV Programs or terminate
its  eligibility to  participate  in Title IV Programs.  The Department may also
initiate  an  emergency   action  to   temporarily   suspend  an   institution's
participation  in the Title IV Programs  without advance notice if it determines
that a regulatory  violation creates an imminent risk of material loss of public
funds.  An  institution  may appeal any such action  initiated by the Department
with the  exception  of an  action  placing  an  institution  on  reimbursement,
although a provisionally certified institution has more limited appeal rights.

     A fine, up to $25,000 per  violation,  may be assessed by the Department of
Education based on the gravity of the violation and taking into account the size
of the  institution.  Potential  restrictions  may  include a  suspension  of an
institution's  ability to  participate  in Title IV  Programs  for up to 60 days
and/or a limitation of an institution's  participation in the Title IV Programs,
either by  limiting  the  number or  percentage  of  students  enrolled  who may
participate   in  Title  IV  Programs  or  by  limiting  the  percentage  of  an
institution's total receipts derived from Title IV Programs.  An institution may
apply for removal of a  limitation  no sooner than 12 months from the  effective
date of the limitation and must demonstrate that the violation at issue has been
corrected.  If the  Department of Education  terminates  the  eligibility  of an
institution  to  participate  in  Title IV  Programs,  the  institution  in most
circumstances  must wait 18 months  before  requesting  a  reinstatement  of its
participation. An institution that loses its eligibility to participate in Title
IV  Programs  due to a  violation  of the  90/10  rule may not  apply to  resume
participation  in Title IV  Programs  for at least  one year.  Depending  on the
severity  of the fine,  suspension  or  limitation,  such  action  could  have a
material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition.  A  termination of our
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs  would  have a material  adverse
effect on our fiancial condition.  There is no proceeding  pending  to fine  any

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

of our  institutions  or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions'
participation in the Title IV Programs.

     EXPANSION OF PROGRAMS AND LOCATIONS.  Generally, if an institution eligible
to  participate  in Title IV Programs adds an  educational  program after it has
been designated as an eligible  institution,  the institution  must apply to the
Department of Education to have the additional  program  designated as eligible.
However,  an  institution  is not  obligated to obtain  Department  of Education
approval  of  an  additional  program  that  leads  to  a  diploma,   associate,
baccalaureate,  professional or graduate  degree or which prepares  students for
gainful  employment  in  the  same  or  related  recognized  occupations  as any
educational programs that had previously been designated as eligible programs at
that institution, and meets certain minimum length requirements.

     An  institution  must notify the Department of Education of any location at
which it provides 50% or more of an academic program and may be required to file
an application seeking eligibility for any such location. An additional location
must satisfy all applicable requirements for institutional eligibility, with the
exception  of the  requirement  that it operate for two years prior to obtaining
Title IV funds,  but including the requirement  that it obtain approval from the
institution's accrediting agency and the relevant state authorizing agency.


SEASONALITY

     We  experience  seasonality  in our  quarterly  results of  operations as a
result of changes in the level of student  enrollments.  New  enrollments in our
schools tend to be higher in the third and fourth fiscal quarters  because these
quarters  cover periods  traditionally  associated  with the beginning of school
semesters.  We expect that this seasonal trend will continue.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


EMPLOYEES

     At March 31, 1999,  we had  approximately  695  full-time and 432 part-time
employees of whom 550 were faculty and 514 were administrative  personnel at the
various   schools.   The  remaining   employees  were  employed  by  us  at  our
administrative offices.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS; BUSINESS RISKS

     Sections  of  this  Report  contain  statements  that  are  forward-looking
statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities  Act") and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act"), and we intend that such  forward-looking  statements be subject
to the safe harbors created  thereby.  Statements in this Report  containing the
words "estimate,"  "project,"  "anticipate,"  "expect,"  "intend," "believe" and
similar expressions may be deemed to create  forward-looking  statements.  These
statements are based on our current  expectations and beliefs  concerning future
events that are subject to risks and  uncertainties.  Actual  results may differ
materially from the results  suggested herein and from the results  historically
experienced.

     Forward-looking  statements contained in this Report may relate to: (i) our
future  operating  plans and  strategies;  (ii) the  expansion  of our  business
through the addition of new curricula or new locations, the elevation of certain
locations to degree-granting status or by acquisitions; (iii) the expectation of
Year 2000

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

software failures; (iv) our anticipated need for and our ability to fund capital
expenditures  associated with the relocation and upgrade of facilities in fiscal
2000;  (v) the  Department  of  Education's  enforcement  or  interpretation  of
existing  regulations  affecting our  operations;  (vi) the  seasonality  of our
results of  operations;  (vii)  the  outcome of  pending  legal   or regulatory
proceedings;  and (viii) the  sufficiency of  our  working  capital,  financings
including our ability to increase our borrowing if necessary,   and   cash  flow
from operating activities for our future operating and capital requirements.

     We wish to caution you that in addition to the important  factors described
elsewhere in this Form 10-K,  the  following  important  factors,  among others,
sometimes have affected,  and in the future could affect, our actual results and
could cause our actual  consolidated  results during fiscal 2000, and beyond, to
differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by
us, or on  behalf : (i) our  plans,  strategies,  objectives,  expectations  and
intentions  are  subject  to  change  at any  time at our  discretion;  (ii) the
unanticipated  impact of Year 2000 issues,  particularly the failure of products
or  services  from third party  vendors to  function  properly in the Year 2000;
(iii) our ability to successfully divest Huron University,  and if not divested,
to increase  enrollment to a level  sufficient to achieve  profitability at this
campus;  (iv) the ultimate  resolution of pending legal proceedings  relating to
UDS' general  ultrasound  program;  (v) the effect of, and our ability to comply
with,  state  and  federal  government   regulations   regarding  education  and
accreditation standards, or the interpretation or application thereof, including
the level of government  funding for, and our  eligibility  to  participate  in,
student  financial  aid  programs;  (vi)  our  ability  to  assess  and meet the
educational  needs and demands of our customers and employers;  (vii) the effect
of competitive pressures from other educational institutions; (viii) our ability
to manage  planned  internal  growth;  (ix) our  ability to  locate,  obtain and
finance favorable school sites,  negotiate  acceptable lease terms, and hire and
train  employees;  (x) the effect of economic  conditions  in the  postsecondary
education industry and in the economy generally; (xi) the role of the Department
of Education's, Congress' and the public's perception of for-profit education as
it relates to changes in the Higher  Education Act and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     We lease all of our administrative  and campus  facilities.  We, along with
our Associate Degree Division,  maintain headquarters in Miami,  Florida,  where
combined  we  lease   approximately   11,000   square  feet  of  office   space.
Sanford-Brown  also  has  limited  administrative  facilities  at its Des  Peres
campus.  Colorado  Tech  maintains its  administrative  offices at its campus in
Colorado Springs, Colorado.

     Our schools are operated from the following leased premises:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ADDRESS OF SCHOOL                  SCHOOL                SIZE OF FACILITY
                                                         (IN SQUARE FEET)
- ------------------                 ------              ---------------------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>
Colorado Springs, Colorado         Colorado Tech             80,000
Sioux Falls, South Dakota          Colorado Tech             21,064
Denver, Colorado                   Colorado Tech             18,298
Huron, South Dakota                Huron University         229,859*
North Kansas City, Missouri        Sanford-Brown             38,500
Des Peres, Missouri                Sanford-Brown             28,474
Hazelwood, Missouri                Sanford-Brown             24,500
St. Charles, Missouri              Sanford-Brown             14,650
Granite City, Illinois             Sanford-Brown             12,253
New York, New York                 UDS                       14,500
Carle Place, New York              UDS                       14,607
Iselin, New Jersey                 UDS                       13,000
Atlanta, Georgia                   UDS                       11,469
Bellaire, Texas                    UDS                       10,398
Tampa, Florida                     UDS                       10,263
Irving, Texas                      UDS                       11,453
Trevose, Pennsylvania              UDS                       10,204
Elmsford, New York                 UDS                       10,034
Jacksonville, Florida              UDS                       15,871
Springfield, Massachusetts         UDS                       12,819
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania           UDS                        6,238
Fort Lauderdale, Florida           UDS                       11,800
Independence, Ohio                 UDS                       11,282
Landover, Maryland                 UDS                        7,703
_________________
<FN>

*    The Huron,South  Dakota campus of Colorado Tech consists of seven buildings
     on approximately 15 acres.

     We believe  that all of our present  campus  facilities  are  suitable  and
adequate  for their  current  uses.  We monitor  the  suitability  of our campus
facilities to anticipate where demand for our products will create  overcrowding
or exceed  capacity of existing  facilities  and seek to expand or relocate such
campuses.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     We are subject to litigation and claims in the ordinary course of business,
including the following:

     In August 1998, three former students of the diagnostic  medical ultrasound
program of the  Philadelphia  UDS school filed a lawsuit against  Whitman,  UDS,
certain of our current and former officers, directors and employees and a former
consultant,  styled  CULLEN,  ET AL. V. WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC., in the
United States  District Court for the Eastern  District of  Pennsylvania  (Civil
Action No. 98-CV-4076). The complaint alleged, among other things, certain state
and federal  statutory  violations,  breach of contract  and fraud and sought to
have the action certified as a class action  encompassing  certain students from
both the Philadelphia and Pittsburgh UDS school.  The plaintiffs seek injunctive
relief, compensatory, treble and punitive damages and attorneys' fees and costs.
In January  1999,  plaintiffs  amended  their  complaint to expand the purported
class to include students who attended the general  ultrasound program at any of
the 15 UDS schools and received  federal  financial aid during the alleged class
period.  Our motion to dismiss was denied on February 3, 1999 without  prejudice
to raising the same issues at a later stage of the litigation.  Oral argument on
class certification was held on March 23, 1999. No ruling on class certification
has been  issued.  We  believe  the  lawsuit  is  without  merit  and  intend to
vigorously  defend it. While the outcome cannot be predicted with certainty,  if
determined  adversely  to us,  it  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  our
financial position and results of operations.

     We are a party to other  routine  litigation  incidental  to our  business,
including but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine
employment  matters.  While there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome
of any such  litigation,  we do not  believe  that any pending  proceeding  will
result in a settlement or an adverse  judgment that will have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations. See "Forward-Looking
Statements; Business Risks" appearing in Item 1 of this Report.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were submitted to a vote of security  holders during the quarter
ended March 31, 1999.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Set forth below is a list of the names,  ages,  positions held and business
experience  during the past five years of the persons  serving as our  executive
officers as of March 31, 1999.  Officers serve at the discretion of our Board of
Directors.  There  is no  family  relationship  between  any  of  the  executive
officers,  and there is no  arrangement or  understanding  between any executive
officer  and any other  person  pursuant  to which  the  executive  officer  was
selected.

     RICHARD  C.  PFENNIGER,  JR.  Mr.  Pfenniger,  age 43,  has been our  Chief
Executive    Officer   and   Vice    Chairman   since   March   1997    and    a
director    since    1992.      Mr. Pfenniger    was    Chief  Operating Officer
of    IVAX    Corporation   from    1994    to    March   1997.      He   served
as    Senior   Vice    President--Legal   Affairs   and  General    Counsel   of
IVAX    from   1989   to   1994,    and  as Secretary   from   1990   to   1994.
Prior   to   joining   IVAX,    Mr.  Pfenniger  was engaged   in   private   law
practice.     Mr.  Pfenniger   is   a  director  of North American Vaccine, Inc.

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

     RANDY S. PROTO.  Mr. Proto,  age 41, has been our President  since 1994. In
1997, Mr. Proto also assumed the duties of Chief  Operating  Officer.  For seven
years prior  thereto,  Mr. Proto was Chief  Executive  Officer and had ownership
interests  in 11  proprietary  schools in four  states.  For eight  years  prior
thereto,  Mr. Proto was  employed by Computer  Processing  Institute.  Among the
positions he held at that  institution  were Vice President and School Director,
Director of Admissions  and  Marketing,  Director of Finance and Financial  Aid,
Director of Placement and Director of Education.

     DAVID D. O'DONNELL.  Mr. O'Donnell, age 57, has been President and Chairman
of the Board of Colorado  Tech since 1986.  Since 1997,  Mr.  O'Donnell has also
been Acting  Chancellor of Huron  University.  Prior to 1986, Mr.  O'Donnell was
employed by ITT  Educational  Services,  Inc.,  another  provider of proprietary
education,  from 1975 through  February 1986 when he left to join Colorado Tech.
While at ITT  Educational  Services,  Mr.  O'Donnell  served in many  capacities
including  Director of Marketing and Vice  President and General  Manager of ITT
Employment Training Systems, a subsidiary of ITT Educational Services.

     FERNANDO  L.  FERNANDEZ.  Mr.  Fernandez,  age 38,  has  served as our Vice
President--Finance,  Treasurer and Chief Financial  Officer since 1996. Prior to
joining  us, Mr.  Fernandez,  a  certified  public  accountant,  served as Chief
Financial  Officer  of  Frost-Nevada  Limited  Partnership  from  1991 to  1996.
Previously,  Mr.  Fernandez  served as Audit  Manager  for  Coopers & Lybrand in
Miami.

     RICHARD  B.  SALZMAN.   Mr.  Salzman,  age  38,  has  served  as  our  Vice
President--Legal  Affairs and  General  Counsel and  Secretary  since 1996.  For
approximately  ten years prior to joining us, Mr. Salzman was engaged in private
law practice in Miami, Florida, primarily with the firm of Homer & Bonner, P.A.



                                      -24-

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

A. MARKET INFORMATION

     Our common stock is traded on the American  Stock Exchange under the symbol
WIX.  The  following  table  sets forth the high and low  closing  prices of our
common stock as reported by the composite  tape of the American  Stock  Exchange
for each of the quarters indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1999
                                   --------------------------------
                                        HIGH              LOW
                                   ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>
Quarter Ended 6/30/98               $      6.12     $       4.62
Quarter Ended 9/30/98                      5.37             3.12
Quarter Ended 12/31/98                     4.25             2.62
Quarter Ended 3/31/99                      4.94             3.50
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1998
                                   --------------------------------
                                        HIGH              LOW
                                   ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>
Quarter Ended 6/30/97               $       5.48     $       3.75
Quarter Ended 9/30/97                       5.94             3.63
Quarter Ended 12/31/97                      6.56             5.19
Quarter Ended 3/31/98                       6.69             4.75
</TABLE>


     As of the close of business on June 1,  1999, there were  approximately 279
record  holders of our common  stock.  We have not paid  dividends on our common
stock and do not contemplate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.





                                      -25-

<PAGE>

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                1999       1998      1997      1996      1995
                             ---------  ---------  --------- --------- ---------
                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)(1)(2)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
OPERATING DATA
Revenues                     $ 73,977   $ 60,306   $ 46,993  $ 39,838  $ 19,332
Income (loss) from
  operations                    4,195        784     (3,245)      951       288
Net income (loss)               3,042        143     (4,363)     (101)     (147)
Diluted net income
  (loss) per share (3)            .22       0.01      (0.38)    (0.01)    (0.02)
Dividends                        None       None        None      None      None

BALANCE SHEET DATA
Total assets                 $ 62,580   $ 53,821   $ 48,017  $ 35,323  $ 31,600
Long-term debt and
  capital lease obligations,
  less current portion         12,022     14,350     11,109    11,494     9,467
Stockholders' equity           21,625     17,833     16,107     7,385     7,256
____________________
<FN>
(1)      Figures have been restated to reflect the acquisition of Colorado  Tech
         in March 1996  which  was  accounted for under the pooling of interests
         method of accounting.  Figures  also reflect the  acquisition  of Huron
         University on December 30, 1996 which was accounted for as a purchase.

(2)      All   references   to   per   share  amounts have been adjusted to give
         retroactive  effect  to  the  two-for-one  stock  split  effective   on
         May 13, 1996.

(3)      The 1,021,612  shares  issued  in  connection  with  the  Sanford-Brown
         acquisition that remained in escrow at March 31,1996 to be disbursed to
         the seller or returned to us upon the occurrence or failure to occur of
         certain events relating to the  regulation  of  Sanford-Brown  were not
         considered outstanding for purposes of computing the net loss per share
         for fiscal 1995 and 1996 as their effect was anti-dilutive.  Due to the
         substantial  satisfaction   of  such  contingencies in fiscal 1997, the
         shares were disbursed to the  seller  and  considered  outstanding  for
         purposes of computing the net loss per share for fiscal 1997.

</FN>
</TABLE>

         See  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,   Item  8   of  this  Report,
for supplementary financial information of Whitman.


                                      -26-

<PAGE>


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the consolidated financial statements of Whitman and the notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this report and in conjunction  with  "Forward-Looking  Statements;
Business Risks"  appearing at the end of Item 1 in that certain  statements made
in this Item are qualified by the risk factors set forth in that section.


GENERAL

     Through three wholly-owned subsidiaries, we currently operate 24 schools in
13 states offering a range of graduate, undergraduate and non-degree certificate
or  diploma  programs  primarily  in  the  fields  of  information   technology,
healthcare  and business to more than 8,000  students.  We are organized  into a
University  Degree  Division and an Associate  Degree  Division.  The University
Degree Division offers primarily doctorate,  master and bachelor degrees through
Colorado  Tech and  Huron  University.  The  Associate  Degree  Division  offers
associate  degrees and diplomas or certificates  through  Sanford-Brown and UDS.
The revenues generated from these subsidiaries  primarily consist of tuition and
fees paid by students.  The  majority of students  rely on funds  received  from
Title  IV  Programs  to  pay  for  a  substantial   portion  of  their  tuition.
Accordingly,  a majority of our  revenues are  indirectly  derived from Title IV
Programs.

     Historically,  our  revenues  have  increased  primarily as a result of the
expansion of program  offerings and the opening or acquisition  of campuses.  At
UDS, the expansion of program  offerings  generated an increase in revenues from
$20.3 million in fiscal 1997 to $34.2 million in fiscal 1999. At Colorado  Tech,
the expansion of program offerings,  opening of a campus, and the acquisition of
Huron University  generated an increase in revenues from $11.8 million in fiscal
1997 to $18.9 million in fiscal 1999.

     Instructional and educational  support consists  primarily of costs related
to the  educational  activity  of our  schools.  Instructional  and  educational
support includes faculty compensation,  administrative  salaries for departments
that provide services directly to the students,  occupancy costs, costs of books
sold,  and  depreciation  and  amortization  of  equipment  costs and  leasehold
improvements.

     Selling and promotional  expenses consist  primarily of advertising  costs,
production costs of marketing materials,  and salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in student recruitment, admissions, and promotional functions.

     General and  administrative  expenses consist  primarily of  administrative
salaries and benefits, occupancy costs, depreciation,  bad debt, amortization of
intangibles,  and other related costs for departments that do not provide direct
services to students.



                                      -27-

<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  table sets  forth the  percentage  relationship  of certain
statement of operations data to net revenues for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            1999          1998          1997
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>           <C>
Net revenues                                100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
Costs and expenses:
     Instructional and educational
       support                                64.4          67.1          66.8
     Selling and promotional                  13.2          14.3          14.8
     General and administrative               16.7          17.3          25.3
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
Total costs and expenses                      94.3          98.7         106.9
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) from operations                  5.7           1.3          (6.9)
Other (income) expenses:
     Interest expense                          1.9           2.2           2.1
     Interest income                          (0.4)         (0.3)         (0.2)
     Provision for writedown or
       marketable securities                     -             -           1.4
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before income tax benefit        4.2          (0.6)        (10.2)
Income tax provision (benefit)                 0.1          (0.8)         (0.9)
                                        ------------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)                              4.1%          0.2%         (9.3)%
                                        ============   ===========   ===========

</TABLE>

         YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

     Net revenues  increased by $13.7  million or 22.7% to $74.0 million for the
year ended March 31, 1999 from $60.3  million for the year ended March 31, 1998.
The increase was  primarily  due to an increase in average  student  enrollment.
Average student  enrollment  increased 17.7% overall with the University  Degree
Division  experiencing  a 27.4%  increase  and  the  Associate  Degree  Division
experiencing a 12.8% increase.

     The  increase  in student  enrollment  in the  University  Degree  Division
resulted in increased  net  revenues of $2.9  million or 18.4%.  The increase in
enrollment  was  primarily  due to the  addition of new  information  technology
programs, the implementation of on-site corporate programs and the relocation of
the Sioux Falls campus to a larger facility.

     The  increase in student  enrollment  and  increase in earning  rate in the
Associate Degree Division resulted in increased net revenues of $10.8 million or
24.2%.  The  increased  enrollment  related  primarily to the medical  assisting
program  offered by UDS. The medical  assisting  program,  which was  introduced
during  fiscal 1996 and offered at 12 of 15 campuses  during  fiscal  1998,  was
extended to two  additional  campuses  during  fiscal  1999.  In addition to the
extension of this program to additional campuses,  the medical assisting program
continued to experience growth in student enrollment at the 12 campuses offering
the program prior to fiscal 1999. The increase in earning rate was primarily due
to the  shortening  of the  length  of the  programs  offered  at  Sanford-Brown
College.

     Instructional and educational support expenses increased by $7.2 million or
17.7% to $47.7  million  in  fiscal  1999 from  $40.5  million  in fiscal  1998.
Instructional   and   educational    support   expenses   increased   by    $2.3
million   in   the   University   Degree   Division   and   $4.9   million    in
the   Associate    Degree    Division.   The   increase   was   primarily due to
the  upgrade of equipment and facilities, and the addition of faculty, staff and


                                      -28-

<PAGE>

management  at the schools to support the  increase in student  enrollment.  The
decrease in  instructional  and educational  support expenses as a percentage of
net  revenues  was due to our  ability to  increase  revenues  as a result of an
increase in student  enrollment  at a greater  rate than the rate of increase in
such expenses related to educational services.

     Selling and promotional expenses increased by $1.2 million or 13.9% to $9.8
million in fiscal 1999 from $8.6 million in fiscal 1998. The increase in selling
and  promotional   expenses  was  primarily  due  to  increased   marketing  and
advertising  costs at the Associate  Degree Division for the programs offered at
UDS. As a percentage of net revenues, selling and promotional expenses decreased
to 13.2% in fiscal 1999 from 14.3% in fiscal  1998.  The decrease in selling and
promotional  expenses as a percentage  of net revenues was due to our ability to
increase  enrollments  with a  proportionately  lower  increase  in selling  and
promotional expenses.

     General and  administrative  expenses increased by $1.9 million or 18.0% to
$12.3 million in fiscal 1999 from $10.5 million in fiscal 1998.  The increase in
general  and  administrative  expense  was  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in
administrative  costs necessary to support the growth in student enrollments and
an  increase  in bad debt  expense  due to an  increase  in student  receivables
resulting  from an  increase  in  student  enrollment.  As a  percentage  of net
revenues,  general and administrative expenses decreased to 16.7% in fiscal 1999
from 17.3% in fiscal 1998. The decrease in general and  administrative  expenses
as a percentage of net revenues was due to our ability to increase revenues at a
greater rate than the rate of increase in administrative operating costs.

     We periodically  perform an analysis of the  realizability  of our deferred
tax assets based on our assessment of current and expected operating results. As
of March 31, 1999, we determined that a $50,000 valuation allowance for deferred
tax  assets  was  necessary,  which  resulted  in a  decrease  in the  valuation
allowance of $1,154,000 in fiscal 1999.

     We reported net income of $3.0 million and $0.1 million for the years ended
March 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The increase in net income in fiscal 1999
was primarily due to an increase in operating  income of $3.3 million  generated
from the Associate  Degree  Division and a decrease in operating  losses of $0.4
million sustained by the University  Degree Division.  The increase in operating
income in the  Associate  Degree  Division was due to an increase in revenues of
$10.8 million  resulting  from  increased  student  enrollment  and an increased
earning rate.  The decrease in the operating  loss  sustained by the  University
Degree  Division  was due to an increase in revenues of $2.9  million  resulting
from an increase in student enrollment.  The operating results of the University
Degree Division were significantly affected by the operating losses sustained by
Huron  University  of $2.5 million in fiscal  1999,  an increase of $1.0 million
from fiscal 1998.

         YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     Net revenues  increased by $13.3  million or 28.3% to $60.3 million for the
year ended March 31, 1998 from $47.0  million for the year ended March 31, 1997.
The increase was  primarily  due to an increase in average  student  enrollment.
Average student  enrollment  increased 24.5% overall with the University  Degree
Division  experiencing  a 41.2%  increase  and  the  Associate  Degree  Division
experiencing a 17.7% increase.


                                      -29-

<PAGE>

     The  increase  in student  enrollment  in the  University  Degree  Division
resulted in increased  net revenues of $4.2 million or 35.4%.  This increase was
primarily  due to the opening of a new Colorado Tech campus in Denver in October
1996 and the acquisition of Huron University in December 1996.

     The  increase  in  student  enrollment  in the  Associate  Degree  Division
resulted in  increased  net  revenues of $9.1  million or 25.9%.  The  increased
enrollment was primarily in the medical assisting  programs offered by UDS which
were introduced  during fiscal 1996 and were offered at 12 of 15 campuses during
fiscal 1998.

     Instructional and educational support expenses increased by $9.1 million or
29.1% to $40.5  million in fiscal 1998 from $31.4  million in fiscal 1997.  As a
percentage of net  revenues,  instructional  and  educational  support  expenses
increased  to  67.1% in  fiscal  1998 as  compared  to  66.8%  in  fiscal  1997.
Instructional and educational  support expenses increased by $5.2 million at the
University  Degree  Division due to the costs incurred to support a full year of
operations of Huron  University and the new Denver Colorado Tech campus.  At the
Associate  Degree  Division,  the increase in such  expenses of $3.9 million was
primarily  due to the upgrade of equipment and  facilities,  and the addition of
faculty,  staff and management at the schools to support the increase in student
enrollment.

     Selling and promotional expenses increased by $1.6 million or 23.1% to $8.6
million in fiscal 1998 from $7.0 million in fiscal 1997.  As a percentage of net
revenues,  selling and  promotional  expenses  decreased to 14.3% in fiscal 1998
from 14.8% in fiscal 1997. The increase in selling and promotional  expenses was
primarily  due to increased  marketing  and  advertising  costs at the Associate
Degree  Division for the  programs  offered at UDS and to an increase in selling
and  promotional  costs at the  University  Degree  Division  for the new Denver
Colorado  Tech campus and the recently  acquired  Huron  University  campuses in
Huron and Sioux Falls, South Dakota.

     General and  administrative  expenses decreased by $1.4 million or 12.1% to
$10.5  million in fiscal 1998 from $11.9 million in fiscal 1997. As a percentage
of net  revenues,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased  to 17.3% in
fiscal 1998 from 25.3% in fiscal 1997.  These  decreases were due primarily to a
decrease in bad debt expense at the  Associate  Degree  Division due to improved
cash  collections.  The  decrease  in general and  administrative  expenses as a
percentage  of net  revenues  was due to our ability to  increase  revenues as a
result of an increase in student  enrollment  at a greater rate than the rate of
increase in administrative  operating costs necessary to support the increase in
enrollment.

     Interest  expense  increased by $333,000 due to the increase in the average
outstanding debt balance necessary to fund capital expenditures.

     We periodically  perform an analysis of the  realizability  of our deferred
tax assets based on our assessment of current and expected operating results. As
of March 31, 1998, we determined that a $1.2 million valuation allowance for our
deferred  tax assets was  necessary,  which  resulted  in the  recognition  of a
deferred income tax benefit of $489,000 in fiscal 1998.

     We reported  net income of $143,000  and a net loss of $4.4 million for the
years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The  increase in net income
for fiscal 1998 was  primarily  due to an increase in  operating  income of $5.6
million  generated from the Associate Degree Division which was partially offset
by the increase in operating losses of $1.9 million  sustained by the University
Degree    Division.      The    increase   in    operating    income   in    the
Associate  Degree   Division  was due to an increase in revenues of $9.1 million


                                      -30-

<PAGE>

resulting  from  increased  student  enrollment  and a decrease  in general  and
administrative expenses resulting primarily from a decrease in bad debt expense.
The increased  operating losses at the University  Degree Division resulted from
operating  losses sustained by the new Denver Colorado Tech campus and the Huron
University campus.  The operating losses sustained by these two campuses,  which
were added during fiscal 1997, increased   by   $1.7 million  in  fiscal 1998 to
$2.5 million.


SEASONALITY

     We  experience  seasonality  in our  quarterly  results of  operations as a
result of changes  in the level of student  enrollment.  New  enrollment  in our
schools tends to be higher in the third and fourth fiscal quarters because these
quarters  cover periods  traditionally  associated  with the beginning of school
semesters.  Costs are  generally  not  significantly  affected  by the  seasonal
factors on a quarterly basis. Accordingly,  quarterly variations in net revenues
will result in fluctuations in income from operations on a quarterly basis.


YEAR 2000 ISSUE

     We have implemented a process for  identifying,  prioritizing and modifying
or  replacing  certain  computer  and other  systems  and  programs  that may be
affected  by the Year 2000 issue.  We are also  monitoring  the  adequacy of the
manner in which  certain  third  parties and third party  vendors of systems are
attempting to address the Year 2000 issue.  We have  substantially  completed an
assessment of our computer systems and believe that with the modifications  made
to existing  software and the  conversions  made to new software,  the Year 2000
issue will not pose significant operational problems to our information systems.
We expect to complete testing of the Year 2000 issues by mid to late 1999, which
would be prior to any anticipated impact on our operating systems.

     We are  highly  dependent  on student  funding  provided  through  Title IV
programs.  Processing  of  student  applications  for this  funding  and  actual
disbursement of a significant  portion of these funds are  accomplished  through
the  Department  of  Education's  computer  systems.  Should the  Department  of
Education  experience  Year  2000  related  disruptions,   it  could  result  in
interruption of funding for our students.  Any prolonged interruption would have
a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations,  liquidity and
financial  condition.  In April 1999, the Department of Education announced that
all of its 175 data systems, including its 14 mission-critical systems, are Year
2000 compliant.

     Based on the assessment  performed to date,  costs of addressing  potential
problems are not  currently  expected to have a material  adverse  impact on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows in future periods. While
we believe our process is designed to be  successful,  because of the complexity
of the Year 2000 issue, and the  interdependence of organizations using computer
systems,  it is possible that our efforts or those of third parties with whom we
interact,  will  not be  successful  or  satisfactorily  completed  in a  timely
fashion.

     Based on the modifications and conversions of software made to date and the
assessment of embedded  devices that have been  identified at our  facilities to
date, we do not believe that contingency planning is warranted at this time. The
assessment  of  outside  third  parties  is  underway,  and the  results of this
assessment,  when completed,  may reveal the need for contingency  planning at a
later date. We will regularly  evaluate the need for contingency  planning based
on the progress and findings of the Year 2000 project.


                                      -31-


<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Cash and cash  equivalents  at March  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997  were  $4.3
million,  $3.4  million and $3.9  million,  respectively.  Our  working  capital
totaled $8.4 million at March, 31, 1999, $8.0 million at March 31, 1998 and $5.7
million at March 31, 1997.

     Net cash of $6.5  million was provided by  operating  activities  in fiscal
1999,  an increase  in cash  provided  of $6.4  million  from fiscal 1998 and an
increase of $8.8  million from fiscal  1997.  The  increase in cash  provided by
operating  activities  in fiscal  1999 was  primarily  due to an increase in net
income of $2.9  million  and $7.4  million  from  fiscal  1998 and fiscal  1997,
respectively.

     Net cash of $2.0 million was used for investing  activities in fiscal 1999,
a decrease of $1.7  million from fiscal 1998 and a decrease of $1.8 million from
fiscal 1997. The decrease in fiscal 1999 was primarily due to a decrease in cash
used for capital  expenditures from $3.7 million and $3.9 million in fiscal 1998
and fiscal 1997, respectively, to $2.3 million in fiscal 1999.

     We estimate that the capital  expenditures  expected to be incurred  during
fiscal  2000  will  approximate   $3.5  million.   These   anticipated   capital
expenditures  primarily  relate to the costs  associated with the relocation and
upgrade of campus  facilities and the  acquisition  and upgrade of equipment for
the schools. Funds required to finance such capital expenditures are expected to
be obtained from additional  capital lease  obligations and from funds generated
from operations.

     Net cash of $3.6 million was used in financing  activities  in fiscal 1999,
an increase in cash used of $6.7 million and $10.8  million from fiscal 1998 and
fiscal 1997, respectively.  The increase in cash used in investing activities in
fiscal  1999 from  fiscal  1998 and fiscal  1997 was due to an  increase  in the
repayment  of debt and due to  proceeds  received  from a private  placement  in
fiscal  1997  of  1,000,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  to an  unaffiliated
institutional investor for $6.5 million.

     We had a $7.5 million  revolving  credit  facility  which was  scheduled to
mature on April 14,  1999.  At March 31, 1999,  we had $6.9 million  outstanding
under the credit  facility and letters of credit  outstanding  of $555,000 which
reduced the amount  available for  borrowing.  The amounts  borrowed  under this
facility  in  fiscal  1999  were  primarily  used  for  operations  and  capital
expenditures.  At March  31,  1999,  we had  letters  of credit  outstanding  of
$715,000, including the $555,000 of letters of credit under the credit facility.
On April 2, 1999, we extended the maturity  date on the credit  facility to July
31, 1999. On May 28, 1999, we entered into an $8.5 million line of credit with a
new lender,  which expires on June 30, 2000, and repaid the outstanding  balance
due under the old credit facility with borrowings  under the new line of credit.
Of the $8.5 million line of credit, $715,000 is reserved (and thus not available
for  borrowing)  for draws  which may be made under the  outstanding  letters of
credit.

     Our  primary  source  of  operating  liquidity  is the cash  received  from
payments of tuition and fees.  Most students  attending our schools receive some
form of financial aid under Title IV Programs.  UDS,  Sanford-Brown and Colorado
Tech receive approximately 83%, 84% and 36% of their funding, respectively, from
the  Title  IV  Programs.  Disbursements  under  each  program  are  subject  to
disallowance and repayment by the schools.

     We   believe   that   with   our    working   capital,  our    cash    flow
from   operations,  our   increased   working   capital   facilities   and   our
expected  increased  financings  under capital lease obligations to fund capital


                                      -32-

<PAGE>

expenditures,  we will have adequate resources to meet our anticipated operating
requirements for the foreseeable future.


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. We
are subject to interest rate risk related to our variable-rate line of credit as
described in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     At March 31, 1999, our variable rate long-term debt had a carrying value of
$6.9 million. The fair value of the debt approximates the carrying value because
the variable  rates  approximate  market rates. A 10% increase in the period end
interest  rate  would  not have a  material  adverse  affect on our  results  of
operations and financial condition.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The financial  statements and supplementary data required by Regulation S-X
are included in this Form 10-K commencing on Page F-1.


ITEM 9. CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     Not Applicable.


                                    PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information concerning directors required by item 10 is incorporated by
reference to our Proxy  Statement  for our 1999 Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders
scheduled for August 6, 1999.  The  information  concerning  executive  officers
required by item 10 is contained in the discussion  entitled "Executive Officers
of the Registrant" in Part I hereof.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  required by item 11 is  incorporated  by reference to our
Proxy Statement for our 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled for August
6, 1999.





                                      -33-

<PAGE>

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  required by item 12 is  incorporated  by reference to our
Proxy Statement for our 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled for August
6, 1999.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by item 13 is  incorporated  by reference to our
Proxy Statement for our 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled for August
6, 1999.


                                     PART IV

1. ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following consolidated financial statements are filed as a part of this
     report:

            Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

            Consolidated Balance Sheet

            Consolidated Statements of Operations

            Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     (a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     All of the financial  statement  schedules have been omitted because of the
absence of the conditions  under which they are required or because the required
information is included in the  consolidated  financial  statements or the notes
thereto.

     (a)(3) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER         DESCRIPTION                              METHOD OF FILING
- -------        ----------------------           --------------------------------
<S>            <C>                              <C>
2.1            Plan and Agreement of            Incorporated by reference to our
                 Merger                         Form 10-Q for  the quarter ended
                                                September 30, 1997.



                                      -34-

<PAGE>

 3.1           Articles of Incorporation        Incorporated by reference to our
                                                Form  10-Q for the quarter ended
                                                September 30, 1997.

 3.2           By-Laws, as amended              Filed herewith.

10.1           Registration Rights Agreement    Incorporated by reference to our
               dated as of April 6, 1992        Report   on    Form  8-K   dated
                                                April 6, 1992.

10.2           Amended and Restated 1986        Incorporated by reference to our
               Directors and Consultants        Registration   Statement on Form
               Stock Option Plan                S-8 filed September 9, 1992.

10.3           1992 Incentive Stock             Incorporated by reference to our
               Option Plan                      Proxy   Statement for the Annual
                                                Meeting of  Shareholders held on
                                                November 19, 1992.

10.4           Whitman Education Group, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to our
               1996 Stock Option Plan, as       Form  10-Q for the quarter ended
               amended                          June 30, 1997.

10.5           Form of Stock Purchase Warrant   Incorporated by reference to our
               to purchase 575,000 shares       Report   on   Form   8-K   dated
               of common stock to be issued     December 21, 1994.
               by Whitman Medical Corp. in
               favor of Frost-Nevada,
               Limited Partnership

10.6           Stock Purchase Warrant to        Incorporated by reference to our
               purchase 650,000 shares of       Report   on   Form   8-K   dated
               common stock issued by           February 26, 1996.
               Whitman Medical Corp. in
               favor of Phillip Frost

10.7           Employment Agreement dated as    Incorporated by reference to our
               of March 29, 1996 by and         Report  on  Form  8-K/A-1  dated
               between M.D.J.B., Inc. and       April 11, 1996.
               David O'Donnell

10.8           Credit Agreement dated as of     Incorporated by reference to our
               April 11, 1996 among Barnett     Report   on   Form 10-Q  for the
               Bank of South Florida,           quarter ended June 30, 1996.
               N.A., Whitman Education Group,
               Inc. and Phillip Frost, M.D.

10.9           Second Amendment to Credit       Incorporated by reference to our
               Agreement dated October 31,      Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the
               1996 among Barnett Bank, N.A.,   quarter ended September 30,1996.
               Bank, N.A., Whitman Education
               Group, Inc.and Phillip Frost, M.D.

10.10          Form of Third Amendment to       Incorporated by reference to our
               Credit Agreement dated           Report on Form 10-K for the year
               May 19, 1997  among


                                      -35-

<PAGE>

               Barnett Bank, N.A., Whitman      ended March 31, 1997.
               Education Group, Inc. and
               Phillip Frost, M.D.

10.11          Form of Restated and             Incorporated by reference to our
               Consolidated Renewal Revolver    Report  on Form  10-K  for   the
               Note dated May 19, 1997 by       year ended March 31, 1997.
               Whitman Education Group, Inc.
               in favor of Barnett Bank, N.A.

10.12          Loan Agreement dated August 5,   Incorporated by reference to our
               1996 between Colorado Technical  Report  on Form  10-K  for   the
               University and Bank One,         March 31, 1997.
               Colorado, N.A.

10.13          Form of promissory note          Incorporated by reference to our
               and Schedule Of Promissory       Report   on Form 10-K  for   the
               Notes by Colorado Technical      year ended March 31, 1997.
               University, Inc. in favor of
               Bank One, Colorado, N.A.

10.14          Form of commercial security      Incorporated by reference to our
               agreement and Schedule of        Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
               Commercial Security Agreements   year ended March 31, 1997.
               between Colorado Technical
               University, Inc. and Bank
               One, Colorado, N.A.

10.15          First Amendment to Loan          Incorporated by reference to our
               Agreement dated December 27,     Report   on   Form 10-K  for the
               1996 between Bank One,           year ended March 31, 1997.
               Colorado, N.A. and Colorado
               Technical University, Inc.

10.16          Commercial Guaranty by           Incorporated by reference to our
               M.D.J.B., Inc. in favor of       Report   on  Form 10-K  for  the
               Bank One, Colorado, N.A.         year ended March 31, 1997.


10.17          Second Amendment to Loan         Incorporated by reference to our
               Agreement dated February 24,     Report   on Form 10-K   for  the
               1997 between Bank One,           year ended March 31, 1997.
               Colorado, N.A. and Colorado
               Technical University, Inc.

10.18          Third Amendment to Loan          Incorporated by reference to our
               Agreement dated June 13, 1997    Report   on  Form 10-K  for  the
               between Bank One, Colorado,      year ended March 31, 1997.
               N.A. and Colorado Technical
               University, Inc.

10.19          Commercial Guaranty by Whitman   Incorporated by reference to our
               Education Group, Inc. in favor   Report  on   Form 10-K  for  the
               of Bank One, Colorado, N.A.      year ended March 31, 1997.

10.20          Promissory Note dated June 13,   Incorporated by reference to our
               1997


                                      -36-

<PAGE>

               by Colorado Technical            Report   on Form 10-K   for  the
               University, Inc. in favor of     year ended March 31, 1997.
               The Pueblo Bank and Trust
               Company

10.21          Form of Commercial Guaranty      Incorporated by reference to our
               given by Whitman Education       Report   on Form  10-K  for  the
               Group, Inc. and M.D.J.B.,        year ended March 31, 1997.
               Inc. in favor of The Pueblo
               Bank and Trust Company

10.22          Commercial Security Agreement    Incorporated by reference to our
               dated June 13, 1997 between      Report  on Form  10-K   for  the
               Colorado Technical University,   year ended March 31, 1997.
               Inc. and The Pueblo Bank and
               Trust Company

10.23          Form of Registration Rights      Incorporated by reference to our
               Agreement among Whitman          Report   on  Form 10-K  for  the
               Education Group, Inc. and The    year ended March 31, 1997.
               Travelers Indemnity Company

10.24          Contribution Agreement, dated    Incorporated by reference to our
               February 3, 1999, by and among   Report  on  Form  10-Q   for the
               Colorado Technical University,   quarter ended December 31, 1998.
               Inc., Huron University, Inc.,
               Newco, Inc. and David O'Donnell

10.25          Amended and Restated             Filed herewith.
               Contribution Agreement, dated
               June 2, 1999, by and among
               Colorado Technical University,
               Inc., Huron University, L.L.C.,
               Newco, L.L.C. and David
               O'Donnell*

10.26          Fourth Amendment to Credit       Filed herewith.
               Agreement, dated April 2, 1999,
               by and among NationsBank, N.A.
               (f/k/a Barnett Bank, N.A.),
               Whitman Education Group, Inc.
               and Phillip Frost, M.D.

10.27          Form of Amended, Restated and    Filed herewith.
               Consolidated Renewal Revolver
               Note, dated April 2, 1999, by
               Whitman Education Group, Inc.,
               in favor of NationsBank, N.A.

10.28          Fifth Amendment to Credit        Filed herewith.
               Agreement, dated May 29, 1999,
               by and among NationsBank, N.A.
               (f/k/a Barnett Bank, N.A.),
               Whitman Education



                                      -37-

<PAGE>

               Group, Inc. and Phillip
               Frost, M.D.

10.29          Form of Security Agreement,      Filed herewith.
               dated May 20, 1999, by each
               of Colorado Technical
               University, Inc., MDJB,
               Inc., Sanford-Brown College,
               Inc. and Ultrasound Technical
               Services, Inc. in favor of
               Merrill Lynch Business
               Financial Services, Inc.

10.30          Form of Unconditional Guaranty,  Filed herewith.
               dated May 20, 1999 by each of
               Colorado Technical University,
               Inc., MDJB, Inc., Sanford-Brown
               College, Inc. and Ultrasound
               Technical Services, Inc. in
               favor of Merrill Lynch Business
               Financial Services, Inc.

10.31          WCMA Loan and Security           Filed herewith.
               Agreement, dated May 20, 1999,
               by and between Merrill Lynch
               Business Financial Services,
               Inc. and Whitman Education
               Group, Inc.

21             Subsidiaries                     Incorporated by reference to our
                                                Report  on   Form  10-K for  the
                                                year ended March 31, 1996.

23.1           Consent of Ernst & Young LLP     Filed herewith.

27             Financial Data Schedule          Filed herewith.
______________________
<FN>
* Certain  exhibits and  schedules  to this  document  have not been filed.  The
Registrant  agrees to furnish a copy of any  omitted  schedule or exhibit to the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

     (b) We filed no  reports on Form 8-K during  the  quarter  ended  March 31,
1999.
</FN>
</TABLE>




                                      -38-


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  Report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                           WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.

                                           By:    /s/ RICHARD C. PFENNIGER, JR.
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.
                                                  Chief   Executive  Officer and
                                                  Vice Chairman of  the Board of
                                                  Directors

Dated:   June 11, 1999
         -------------

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this Report has
been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  registrant in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURES                                   TITLE                     DATE
- -----------------------------      ---------------------------     -------------
<S>                                <C>                             <C>
/s/ PHILLIP FROST, M.D.             Chairman of the Board          June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Phillip Frost, M.D.

/s/ RICHARD C. PFENNIGER, JR.       Vice Chairman of the Board     June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.      and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ FERNANDO L. FERNANDEZ           Chief Financial Officer        June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Fernando L. Fernandez          (Principal Financial
                                       and Accounting  Officer)

/s/ JACK R. BORSTING, Ph.D.         Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Jack R. Borsting, Ph.D.

/s/ PETER S. KNIGHT                 Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Peter S. Knight

/s/ LOIS F. LIPSETT, Ph.D.          Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Lois F. Lipsett, Ph.D.

/s/ RICHARD M. KRASNO, Ph.D.        Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Richard M. Krasno, Ph.D.

/s/ PERCY A. PIERRE, Ph.D.          Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Percy A. Pierre, Ph.D.

/s/ NEIL FLANZRAICH                 Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     Neil Flanzraich

/s/ A. MARVIN STRAIT                Director                       June 11, 1999
- -----------------------------
     A. Marvin Strait

</TABLE>

                                      -39-

<PAGE>


                 WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 MARCH 31, 1999


                                    CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           -----

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants.......................  F- 2

Consolidated Balance Sheets..............................................  F- 3

Consolidated Statements of Operations....................................  F- 4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity...............  F- 5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................................  F- 6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................  F- 8

















<PAGE>



               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Whitman Education Group, Inc.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Whitman
Education  Group,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  March 31,  1999.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  based on our audits, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Whitman  Education Group,  Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 1999 and 1998, and
the  consolidated  results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP



Miami, Florida
May 28, 1999


                                     - F 2 -

<PAGE>



                 WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           March 31,
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                     1999              1998
                                               --------------    ---------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>
Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents................   $   4,267,110      $   3,384,336
   Accounts receivable, net.................      27,114,533         21,354,104
   Inventories..............................       1,450,815          1,614,455
   Deferred tax assets, net.................       2,562,705          1,471,043
   Other current assets.....................       1,504,878          1,158,841
                                               --------------    ---------------
       Total current assets.................      36,900,041         28,982,779
Property and equipment, net.................      14,002,764         12,925,177
Marketable securities.......................               -            262,500
Deposits and other assets, net of
   accumulated amortization of $1,437,088
   in 1999 and $1,184,657 in 1998...........       1,761,220          1,431,188
Goodwill, net...............................       9,915,590         10,219,525
                                               --------------    ---------------
       Total assets.........................   $  62,579,615     $   53,821,169
                                               ==============    ===============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable.........................   $   1,942,740     $    1,268,306
   Accrued expenses.........................       3,049,371          2,115,220
   Income taxes payable.....................         898,664            107,133
   Short-term notes payable.................               -            156,018
   Current portion of capitalized
       lease obligations....................       1,517,912          1,061,767
   Current portion of long-term debt........         472,994            354,401
   Deferred tuition revenue.................      20,575,914         15,966,150
                                               --------------    ---------------
       Total current liabilities............      28,457,595         21,028,995
Other liabilities...........................         474,842            609,708
Capitalized lease obligations...............       3,249,934          2,535,673
Long-term debt..............................       8,772,496         11,813,639
Commitment and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock, no par value, authorized
       100,000,000 shares issued and
       outstanding 13,423,212 shares in 1999
       and 13,193,582 in 1998...............      21,907,546         21,183,554
   Additional paid-in capital...............         671,536            671,536
   Accumulated deficit......................        (954,334)        (3,995,978)
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss.....               -            (25,958)
                                               --------------    ---------------
       Total stockholders' equity...........      21,624,748         17,833,154
                                               --------------    ---------------
       Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity...............   $  62,579,615     $   53,821,169
                                               ==============    ===============
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                     - F 3 -

<PAGE>


                 WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Year Ended March 31,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                      1999             1998            1997
                                  -------------   --------------  --------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>
Net revenues..................... $ 73,977,362    $  60,306,460   $  46,992,954

Costs and expenses:
  Instructional and
    educational support..........   47,666,624       40,485,802      31,369,601
  Selling and promotional........    9,780,727        8,585,716       6,976,430
  General and administrative.....   12,335,186       10,450,527      11,891,881
                                  -------------   --------------  --------------

Total costs and expenses.........   69,782,537       59,522,045      50,237,912
                                  -------------   --------------  --------------

Income (loss) from operations....    4,194,825          784,415      (3,244,958)
Other (income) and expenses:
  Interest expense...............    1,381,564        1,334,201       1,001,152
  Interest income................     (281,081)        (203,456)       (130,162)
  Realization of (gain)loss
    on marketable securities.....      (43,489)               -         656,250
                                  -------------   --------------  --------------

Income (loss) before income
  tax provision (benefit)........    3,137,831         (346,330)     (4,772,198)
Income tax provision (benefit)...       96,187         (489,474)       (408,841)
                                  -------------   --------------  --------------

Net income (loss)................ $  3,041,644    $     143,144   $  (4,363,357)
                                  =============   ==============  ==============

Net income (loss) per share:
     Basic....................... $        .23    $        0.01   $       (0.38)
                                  =============   ==============  ==============
     Diluted..................... $        .22             0.01   $       (0.38)
                                  =============   ==============  ==============

Weighted average common
  shares outstanding:
     Basic.......................   13,246,796       12,866,045      11,404,862
                                  =============   ==============  ==============
     Diluted.....................   13,829,714       14,071,970      11,404,862
                                  =============   ==============  ==============
</TABLE>





                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                     - F 4 -

<PAGE>


                 WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                 ACCUMULATED
                                COMMON                  ADDITIONAL   RETAINED       OTHER
                                SHARES      COMMON       PAID-IN     EARNINGS   COMPREHENSIVE
                             OUTSTANDING    STOCK        CAPITAL     (DEFICIT)      LOSS          TOTAL
                             -----------  -----------   ----------  -----------  -----------   ------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance at March 31, 1996    10,311,782   $ 6,816,020   $ 616,500   $   62,040   $ (109,275)   $ 7,385,285

Shares issued for exercise
  of options                    351,168       881,476           -            -            -        881,476
Value of stock options
  issued for services
  rendered                            -             -       55,036            -            -         55,036
Shares issued, previously
  escrowed in connection
  with purchase of SBC        1,021,612     5,632,126           -            -            -      5,632,126
Shares repurchased in
  connection with exercise
  of options                    (46,980)     (437,500)          -            -            -       (437,500)
Shares issued in connection
  with purchase of DFAS          40,000       203,000           -            -            -        203,000
Shares issued in connection
  with a private placement    1,000,000     6,479,619           -            -            -      6,479,619
Comprehensive loss:
  Realization of loss
    on marketable securities          -             -           -            -      109,275        109,275
  Net income for Colorado Tech
    for the three months ended
    March 31, 1996                    -             -           -      162,195            -        162,195
  Net loss                            -             -           -   (4,363,357)           -     (4,363,357)
                                                                                               ------------
  Comprehensive loss                                                                            (4,091,887)
                             -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------  -----------   ------------
Balance at
  March 31, 1997             12,677,582    19,574,741     671,536   (4,139,122)           -     16,107,155

Shares issued in connection
  with exercise of options       16,000        46,313           -            -            -         46,313
Shares issued in connection
  with exercise of warrants     500,000     1,562,500           -            -            -      1,562,500
Comprehensive income:
  Net unrealized loss on
    non-current marketable
    securities                        -             -           -            -      (25,958)       (25,958)
  Net income                          -             -           -      143,144            -        143,144
                                                                                               ------------
  Comprehensive income                                                                             117,186
                             -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------  -----------   ------------
Balance at
  March 31, 1998             13,193,582    21,183,554     671,536   (3,995,978)     (25,958)    17,833,154

Shares issued in connection
  with exercise of options      115,450       336,328           -            -            -        336,328
Shares issued in connection
  with stock purchase plan       31,107       112,596           -            -            -        112,596
Shares issued in connection
  with 401(K) employee match     83,073       275,068           -            -            -        275,068
Comprehensive income:
  Realization of gain on
    non-current marketable
    securities                        -             -           -            -       25,958         25,958
  Net income                          -             -           -    3,041,644            -      3,041,644
                                                                                               ------------
  Comprehensive income                -             -           -            -            -      3,067,602
                             -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------  -----------   ------------
Balance at
  March 31, 1999             13,423,212   $21,907,546   $ 671,536   $ (954,334)  $        -    $21,624,748
                             ===========  ===========   ==========  ===========  ===========   ============

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                     - F 5 -

<PAGE>


                 Whitman Education Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                             1999         1998          1997
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss).....................  $ 3,041,644   $   143,144   $(4,363,357)
Adjustments to reconcile net
  income (loss) to net cash provided
  by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....    3,958,553     3,365,544     2,772,520
    Bad debt expense..................    3,481,822     2,396,472     3,245,314
    Deferred tax benefit..............   (1,091,662)     (609,984)     (408,841)
    Realization of loss on
      marketable securities...........            -             -       656,250
    Changes in operating assets
      and liabilities, net of effects
      from purchase of SBC and Huron:
      Restricted cash.................            -       511,927      (169,481)
      Accounts receivable.............   (9,242,251)   (5,591,193)   (4,911,368)
      Inventories.....................      163,640      (530,331)     (199,634)
      Other current assets............     (375,553)     (244,931)     (449,264)
      Deposits and other assets.......     (573,680)     (160,766)     (144,228)
      Accounts payable................      674,434    (1,121,977)      416,411
      Accrued expenses................    1,209,219      (758,703)    1,359,655
      Income taxes payable............      791,531        72,317      (163,980)
      Deferred tuition revenue........    4,609,764     2,966,802       243,393
      Other liabilities...............     (134,866)     (312,151)     (156,254)
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities................    6,512,595       126,170    (2,272,864)
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment....   (2,318,677)   (3,722,988)   (3,870,181)
Proceeds from sale of
  marketable securities...............      288,458             -             -
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash used in
  investing activities................   (2,030,219)   (3,722,988)   (3,870,181)
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from revolving line of
  credit, long-term borrowings and
  capital lease obligations...........   34,787,943    36,742,951    32,868,173
Principal payments on revolving line
  of credit, long-term borrowings,
  capital lease obligations and
  other liabilities...................  (38,680,451)  (35,380,560)  (33,742,193)
Principal (payments) proceeds from
  short-term notes payable............     (156,018)      156,018             -
Proceeds from purchases in stock
  purchase plan, exercise of options
  and warrants........................      448,924     1,608,813       443,976
Proceeds from sale of common stock....            -             -     6,479,619
Proceeds from Huron acquisition.......            -             -     1,200,683
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash (used in) provided by
  financing activities................   (3,599,602)    3,127,222     7,250,258
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents................      882,774      (469,596)    1,107,213
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year...................    3,384,336     3,853,932     2,762,141
CTU activity for the three-months
  ended March 31, 1997................            -             -       (15,422)
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents
  at end of year......................  $ 4,267,110   $  3,384,336  $  3,853,932
                                        ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

Continued on the following page.

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                     - F 6 -

<PAGE>


                 WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            1999          1998         1997
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH
FINANCING AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Equipment acquired under
  capital leases......................  $ 2,140,364   $ 1,712,979   $ 1,181,153
                                        ============  ============  ============

Assets acquired in
  Huron acquisition...................  $         -   $         -   $ 1,467,220
                                        ============  ============  ============

Liabilities assumed in
  Huron acquisition...................  $         -   $         -   $ 2,667,903
                                        ============  ============  ============

Release of restricted cash previously
  in escrow for SBC acquisition.......  $         -   $         -   $ 2,400,000
                                        ============  ============  ============

Treasury stock issued
  for purchase of DFAS................  $         -   $         -   $   203,000
                                        ============  ============  ============

Value of stock options issued
  for services rendered...............  $         -   $         -   $    55,036
                                        ============  ============  ============

Value of stock issued for
  401(K) employee match...............  $   275,068   $         -   $         -
                                        ============  ============  ============

Stock issued in connection
  with acquisition of SBC.............  $         -   $         -   $ 5,632,126
                                        ============  ============  ============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF
CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid.........................  $ 1,276,533   $ 1,234,201   $   877,494
                                        ============  ============  ============
Income taxes paid.....................  $   422,852   $         -   $   211,479
                                        ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>


                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                     - F 7 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

     The primary business of Whitman  Education Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
("Whitman")  is the  operation  of degree and  non-degree  granting  proprietary
schools  devoted to career  training  primarily in the medical,  technical,  and
business  fields.   Whitman's   operations  are  conducted   through  its  three
wholly-owned subsidiaries:  Ultrasound Technical Services, Inc. ("UDS"), Sanford
Brown  College,  Inc.  ("SBC") and M.D.J.B.,  Inc.,  the parent  corporation  of
Colorado  Technical  University  ("CTU").  The  revenues  generated  from  these
subsidiaries  primarily  consist  of  tuition  and fees  paid by  students.  The
majority of students rely on funds received from federal  financial aid programs
under  Title IV of the  Higher  Education  Act of 1965,  as  amended  ("Title IV
Programs") to pay for a substantial portion of their tuition.

     As an educational institution, Whitman is subject to licensure from various
accrediting  and state  authorities  and other  regulatory  requirements  of the
United States Department of Education ("Department of Education").

Principles of Consolidation

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of Whitman
Education Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries,  all of which are wholly-owned.  All
significant  intercompany  balances and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Whitman considers all highly liquid short-term  investments  purchased with
an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Revenues, Accounts Receivable and Deferred Tuition Revenue

     Upon enrollment,  Whitman bills the student for the full contract amount of
the course, the academic year, or the academic term, as applicable, resulting in
the recording of an accounts  receivable and a  corresponding  deferred  tuition
revenue  liability.  The  deferred  tuition  revenue  liability  is reduced  and
recognized  into income over the term of the relevant  period being  attended by
the  student.  If a student  withdraws  from a course or program,  the  unearned
portion of the program that the student has paid for is refunded  generally on a
pro rata basis.

Inventory

     Inventory consists primarily of books,  uniforms and supplies and is valued
at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

                                     - F 8 -
<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is stated at cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.
Expenditures  for  maintenance  and repairs which do not add to the value of the
related  assets or  materially  extend  their  original  lives are  expensed  as
incurred.

     Depreciation  of property  and  equipment  is computed  principally  by the
straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from
one to ten years.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over the term of the
related leases, which approximates the estimated useful lives.

Goodwill

     Whitman  amortizes  the goodwill  associated  with  acquisitions  using the
straight-line method, principally over a forty-year period. The realizability of
goodwill  and  other   intangibles  is  evaluated   periodically  as  events  or
circumstances  indicate a possible  inability to recover their carrying  amount.
Such  evaluation  is  based  on  various  analyses,   including  cash  flow  and
profitability  projections  that  incorporate,  as  applicable,  the  impact  on
existing  businesses.  The analyses involve  significant  management judgment to
evaluate the capacity of an acquired business to perform within projections.  As
of March 31, 1999 and 1998, accumulated  amortization was $899,000 and $595,000,
respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

     In fiscal 1997,  Whitman  adopted the  provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets." SFAS No. 121 requires  impairment  losses to be recorded on
long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted
cash flows  estimated  to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amount. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 121 was not material.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

     In fiscal 1998,  Whitman  retroactively  adopted SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per
Share.  SFAS No. 128  replaced  the  calculation  of primary  and fully  diluted
earnings per share (EPS) with basic and diluted EPS.

     Basic net income per common share is computed  using the  weighted  average
number of common shares  outstanding  during the period.  Diluted net income per
share is  computed  using the  weighted  average  number of  common  and  common
equivalent shares outstanding during the period.


                                     - F 9 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)



1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

Advertising

     Whitman expenses  advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising expense which
is included  in selling  and  promotional  expenses  amounted  to  approximately
$4,499,000,  $3,957,000 and $3,223,000 for the years ended March 31, 1999,  1998
and 1997, respectively.

Income Taxes

     Deferred  income tax assets and  liabilities  are  determined  based on the
differences between the financial  statements and income tax basis of assets and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  for the  year in  which  the
differences are expected to reverse.

Stock-Based Compensation

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123 encourages, but does not require, companies
to record  compensation plans at fair value.  Whitman has elected, in accordance
with provisions of SFAS 123, to apply  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No.
25,   "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees"  ("APB  25")  and  related
interpretations treatment for its stock plan. Under APB 25, because the exercise
price of Whitman's  employee  stock  options is equal to the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassification

     Certain prior year amounts have been  reclassified to conform to the fiscal
1999 presentation. These changes had no effect on previously reported net income
(loss).




                                    - F 10 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In fiscal  1999,  Whitman  adopted SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income."  SFAS No. 130  establishes  new rules for the  reporting and display of
comprehensive  income and its components.  SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains or
losses on Whitman's  available-for-sale  securities, which prior to its adoption
were  recorded  separately  in  stockholders'  equity,  to be included in "other
comprehensive  income." For the years ended March 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,total
comprehensive   income  (loss)  was  $3,067,602,   $117,186  and   ($4,091,887),
respectively.

     In fiscal 1999,  Whitman adopted SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related  Information."  SFAS No. 131 establishes  standards
for the way that public business  enterprises report information about operating
segments in annual  financial  statements  and requires  that those  enterprises
report  selected  information  about  operating  segments  in interim  financial
reports.  It also establishes  standards for related  disclosures about products
and services, geographic areas, and major customers.


2. ACQUISITIONS

HURON UNIVERSITY

     On December 30, 1996, CTU acquired the South Dakota  operations and certain
assets at two campuses of Huron University. The purchase price consisted of $2.3
million of which  approximately $2.0 million was paid in cash (of which $200,000
was  placed  in escrow  for post-  closing  adjustments),  acquisition  costs of
$150,000 and the  assumption  of $1.4 million of net  liabilities.  In addition,
Whitman assigned the right to purchase the Huron real property to a third party,
Huron Education,  Inc. ("HEI"), a South Dakota not-for-profit  organization,  in
exchange for $3.9 million and  simultaneously  leased the real property from HEI
upon the  satisfaction  of  $757,000  in existing  mortgages  and after  placing
$500,000 in escrow to be used for the  satisfaction of assumed cash  obligations
of Huron  University.  In  connection  with this  transaction,  the community of
Huron, South Dakota,  through HEI paid to Whitman $527,000 (which is included in
the $3.9 million  received from HEI) as an inducement for Whitman to acquire the
operations of Huron  University.  This  inducement  has been  accounted for as a
deferred credit and wil  be  amortized  over  the  lease  period  of nine years.
These   transactions   resulted in a net purchase price of $1,500,000 (comprised
of the  receipt  of cash  totalling  $1,200,000  and the  assumption  of current
liabilities   totalling  $2,700,000)  which  was  allocated  to  current  assets
totalling $1,500,000.


                                    - F 11 -
<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

2. ACQUISITIONS - (CONTINUED)

HURON UNIVERSITY - CONTINUED

     The  acquisition  was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and, accordingly, the net liabilities acquired are included in Whitman's balance
sheets as of March 31,  1997 and  operations  have been  included  in  Whitman's
operations beginning on January 1, 1997.

     The  following  unaudited  pro forma  information  combines  the results of
operations of Whitman and Huron  University  for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997 as if the transaction had occurred at April 1, 1996, after giving effect to
certain adjustments including additional rent expense and reductions in interest
and  depreciation  expense.  This pro forma  information  does not purport to be
indicative of the results that actually  would have occurred if the  acquisition
had been  effective  on the  dates  indicated  or which may be  obtained  in the
future.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997
                                                            -------------
        <S>                                                 <C>
        Net revenues.................................       $ 49,727,000
        Net loss.......................................       (5,029,000)
        Basic net loss per share.......................             (.44)
        Diluted net loss per share....................              (.44)
</TABLE>

     At the date of  acquisition,  Huron  University  operated  as a  regionally
accredited  degree granting  institution with campuses in Huron and Sioux Falls,
South Dakota,  enrolling  approximately  600 students  primarily in  management,
health sciences,  general studies and other programs.  Huron University  confers
degrees at the associate's, bachelor's and master's levels.

     Effective  December  30,  1996,  CTU  entered  into a lease  with HEI which
provides for a nine year term with an option to renew for an additional six year
term (see Note 14).  The lease also  provides CTU with an option to purchase the
property at any time during the lease term.

COLORADO TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY

     On March 29,  1996,  Whitman  completed  the merger with CTU, a  regionally
accredited degree granting  institution.  CTU currently  operates four campuses,
two in Colorado and two in South Dakota,  and has  approximately  3,000 students
enrolled primarily in computer science, engineering and management programs. CTU
confers degrees at the associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral levels.



                                    - F 12 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


2. ACQUISITIONS - (CONTINUED)

COLORADO TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY - CONTINUED

     In  connection  with the merger,  Whitman  issued  2,499,870  shares of its
common stock in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding stock of CTU. The
merger was  accounted  for using the pooling of interests  method of  accounting
and, accordingly,  Whitman's  consolidated  financial statements were previously
restated to include the accounts and  operations of CTU for all periods prior to
the merger.  Prior to the merger,  CTU had reported its  financial  results on a
calendar year basis.  The consolidated  financial  statements for the year ended
March 31, 1997 were  previously  adjusted to conform CTU's year end with that of
Whitman. The effect arising from the exclusion of net income of $162,195 for the
three  month  period  ended  March  31,  1996 in the  accompanying  consolidated
statements  of  operations  and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 1997, is
presented in the accompanying consolidated statement of changes in stockholders'
equity as an  adjustment  to retained  earnings for the change in fiscal year of
CTU. The consolidated  financial statements for all periods prior to fiscal 1997
have not been restated for the change in fiscal year of CTU.

SANFORD-BROWN COLLEGE

     On December 21, 1994,  Whitman  completed  the purchase of SBC, a privately
held proprietary  business and allied healthcare  college.  SBC was acquired for
$3.5 million cash and $500,000  (196,564  shares) in common stock and contingent
consideration  of $2.4 million in cash and 1,021,612 shares of common stock held
in escrow.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the conditions for the release
of the cash and common stock held in escrow were satisfied. Accordingly, Whitman
released  the  funds and  common  stock  held in  escrow  to the  seller of SBC,
resulting  in an increase in goodwill and equity of  approximately  $8.0 million
and $1.9 million, respectively, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.

     The  acquisition of SBC has been  accounted for as a purchase,  and the net
assets  and  results  of  operations  are  included  in  Whitman's  consolidated
financial statements since the date of acquisition.  The purchase price has been
allocated  to the assets and  liabilities  of SBC based on their  relative  fair
market value which  approximated  their net book value.  The purchase  price and
expenses  associated with the  acquisition  exceeded the fair value of SBC's net
assets by  approximately  $10.6 million which has been assigned to goodwill.  In
connection with the acquisition, Whitman acquired


3. DISPOSITION OF HURON UNIVERSITY

     On  May  3,  1999,  Colorado  Technical   University,   Inc.,  an  indirect
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Whitman,  entered  into an  Amended  and  Restated
Contribution  Agreement pursuant to which the assets and certain  liabilities of
its Huron University campus in Huron, South Dakota will be transferred to Newco,
LLC., a South Dakota limited  liability  company  formed by existing  members of
Huron University's management team. In connection with the transaction, Colorado
Technical  University will contribute the operating  assets of Huron  University
and $500,000 to Newco, and Newco will issue Colorado Technical University,  Inc.
membership  interests  equal to 19.9% of the  membership  interests of Newco and
assume the third party liabilities of Huron University. The membership interests
would  have a  liquidation  preference  equal to the net value of the assets and
cash contributed by Colorado Technical University.

     Completion of the transaction is subject to various  conditions,  including
the obtaining of adequate financing by the new ownership group, the obtaining of
all necessary state and other  governmental  agency approvals,  the attaining of
independent  accreditation of Huron University by the North Central  Association
of Colleges  and  Schools  and Huron  University  independently  qualifying  for
participation  in  federal  Title  IV  student  financial   assistance  programs
administered  by the  United  States  Department  of  Education.  Subject to the
occurrence of these  conditions,  the parties will seek to close the transaction
in the second half of calendar 1999.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that
any of the foregoing conditions will be satisfied.  Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the proposed transaction will be consummated.

                                    - F 13 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

4. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS

     Approximately 71% of Whitman's net revenues were received from students who
participated  in government  sponsored  financial  aid programs  under Title IV.
These  programs are subject to program  review by the  Department  of Education.
Disbursements  under each program are subject to  disallowance  and repayment by
the  schools.  These  programs  also  require  that  Whitman  and certain of its
subsidiaries  meet  Standards of  Financial  Responsibility  established  by the
Department  of  Education.  The  standards  require  Whitman  and certain of its
subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios and requirements, all of which
have been met at March 31, 1999.


5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     A summary  of  activity  for the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                          1999            1998          1997
                                     -------------   -------------  ------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year......   $  4,208,777    $  2,821,261   $ 1,314,631
Net activity of CTU for the three
  months ended March 31, 1996.....              -               -        20,099
Acquisition of Huron..............              -               -        40,000
Charged to expense................      3,481,822       2,396,472     3,245,314
Accounts charged-off during the
  year, net of recoveries.........     (2,096,711)     (1,008,956)   (1,798,783)
                                     -------------   -------------  ------------
Balance at end of year............   $  5,593,888    $  4,208,777   $ 2,821,261
                                     =============   =============  ============
</TABLE>


6.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    ESTIMATED               MARCH 31,
                                  USEFUL LIVES    ------------------------------
                                   (IN YEARS)         1999             1998
                                  ------------    -------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>
Equipment......................      2-5          $ 13,108,793     $ 11,061,621
Leasehold improvements.........      1-10            6,393,829        5,459,652
Furniture and fixtures.........      7-10            3,442,322        2,639,065
Other..........................      5               3,100,080        2,554,939
                                                  -------------   --------------
                                                    26,045,024       21,715,277
Less accumulated depreciation
  and amortization.............                    (12,042,260)      (8,790,100)
                                                  -------------   --------------
                                                  $ 14,002,764     $  12,925,177
                                                  =============   ==============
</TABLE>

                                    - F 14 -

<PAGE>

7.   MARKETABLE SECURITIES

     On December 16, 1998,  Whitman sold its  marketable  equity  securities and
realized a gain on the sale of $43,489.  In fiscal 1998, an  unrealized  loss on
noncurrent marketable equity securities of $33,750 ($25,958 net of income taxes)
was  recognized.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997,  Whitman  determined
that the  marketable  securities  should be written  down from its cost basis of
$952,500 to $296,250  as a result of an other than  temporary  decline in value.
The total write down in the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1997 of $656,250  includes
$176,250  ($109,275  net of income  taxes) which was  previously  reported as an
unrealized loss on noncurrent  marketable  securities in Whitman's March 31,1996
stockholders' equity.


8.   Income Taxes

     The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                              -----------------------------------------
                                   1999            1998        1997
                              -------------   ------------  -----------
<S>                           <C>             <C>           <C>
Current..................     $  1,187,849    $   120,510   $        -
Deferred.................       (1,091,662)      (609,984)    (408,841)
                              -------------   ------------  -----------
Total income tax
  provision (benefit)....     $     96,187    $  (489,474)  $ (408,841)
                              =============   ============  ===========
</TABLE>

     The  differences  between  the  federal  statutory  income tax rate and the
effective income tax rate are summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                            1999           1998          1997
                                         -----------   ------------   ----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
Statutory tax rate...................         34.0 %        (34.0)%      (34.0)%
State income taxes, net..............         5.66           30.3         (4.5)
Permanent differences................         0.84           12.3          0.9
Change in valuation allowance........       (36.77)        (147.6)        35.9
Other, net...........................        (0.66)          (2.3)        (6.9)
                                         -----------  -------------   ----------

Effective tax rate...................         3.07 %       (141.3)%       (8.6)%
                                         ===========  =============   ==========
</TABLE>

                                    - F 15 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8.   INCOME TAXES - (CONTINUED)

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the carrying amount of assets and  liabilities  for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
Whitman's net deferred income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     MARCH 31,
                                            -------------------------
                                                1999         1998
                                            -----------  ------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued expenses...................    $  350,000   $   407,000
     Reserves and allowances............     2,186,000     1,248,000
     Tax credits........................       298,000        55,000
     Net operating loss carryforwards...       239,000     1,257,000
     Capital loss carryforward..........       231,000             -
     Unrealized depreciation in
        equity security.................             -       279,000
     Other (net)........................        13,000        36,000
                                            -----------  ------------
Total deferred tax assets...............     3,317,000     3,282,000
Valuation allowances....................       (50,000)   (1,204,000)
                                            -----------  ------------
Total deferred tax assets...............     3,267,000     2,078,000

Deferred tax liabilities:
     Prepaid expenses and other.........       (25,000)      (17,000)
     Depreciation and amortization......      (680,000)     (590,000)
                                            -----------   -----------
Total deferred tax liabilities..........      (705,000)     (607,000)
                                            -----------   -----------
Total deferred tax assets, net..........    $2,562,000    $1,471,000
                                            ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

     SFAS 109 "Accounting  for Income Taxes"  requires a valuation  allowance to
reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence,
it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the  deferred tax assets
will not be realized.  After consideration of all of the evidence, both positive
and negative, management has determined that a valuation allowance of $50,000 is
necessary at March 31, 1999. The valuation  allowance decreased by $1,154,000 in
fiscal 1999, decreased by $510,000 in 1998, and increased by $1,714,000 in 1997.
At March 31,  1999  Whitman  has  available  various  state net  operating  loss
carryforwards approximating $6,600,000,  expiring in the year 2010 through 2013.
Whitman has approximately  $613,000 in capital loss carryforwards which begin to
expire  in  2004.  Whitman  also  has  an  alternative  minimum  tax  credit  of
approximately $259,000 which carries forward indefinitely.

                                    - F 16 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


9. DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        MARCH 31,
                                             --------------------------------
                                                 1999               1998
                                             ------------        ------------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>
$7.5 million revolver note expiring
  April 14, 1999 with interest at
  LIBOR plus 1.10%, 6.05% at
  March 31, 1999 and 6.79%
  at March 31, 1998....................      $ 6,923,035         $ 7,248,837

$2.0 million revolving credit
  facility expiring May 30, 1998,
  with interest at prime
  (floor of 6% and ceiling of 11%),
  8.5% at March 31, 1998...............                -           2,000,000

Notes payable in monthly installments
  through 2002, interest rates ranging
  from 8.875% to 9%....................          210,005             519,203

Note payable in monthly installments
  through June 13, 2002, with interest
  at prime plus 1.25% (adjusted every
  three years), 9.75% at March 31, 1999
  and at March 31, 1998................        1,267,821           1,500,000

Note payable due June 3, 1999, with
  interest at 12%......................          844,629             900,000
                                             ------------        ------------
Total..................................        9,245,490          12,168,040
Less current portion...................         (472,994)           (354,401)
                                             ------------        ------------
                                             $ 8,772,496         $11,813,639
                                             ============        ============
</TABLE>

     The  revolver  note of $7.5  million is  guaranteed  by the Chairman of the
Board of Whitman.

     The notes payable of $210,005 are secured by the furniture and equipment of
CTU.

     The note payable of $844,629 is secured by equipment of SBC. The  principal
balance and all unpaid interest was paid on May 28, 1999.

     On June 13, 1997,  Whitman entered into a $1.5 million loan agreement which
is secured by  equipment  at CTU and Huron.  Under the terms of this  agreement,
Whitman was  required to draw down the $1.5  million on or before  December  12,
1997 and is required to pay interest only through June 1998 and  thereafter  pay
monthly principal and interest  installments through June 13, 2002 at prime plus
1.25%.


                                    - F 17 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


9. DEBT - (CONTINUED)

     On May 29, 1998,  Whitman repaid the $2.0 million revolving credit facility
by drawing down on the $7.5 million revolver note.

     On  April 2,  1999,  the  expiration  date on the  $7.5  revolver  note was
extended from April 14, 1999 to July 31, 1999.

     On May 28, 1999,  Whitman entered into an $8.5 million line of credit which
is secured by all of the assets of  Whitman.  The  interest  rate on the line of
credit is  variable  and is equal to the sum of 2.90% and the 30-day  commercial
paper rate. The line of credit has an expiration  date of June 30, 2000. One May
28,  1999,  Whitman  repaid the  outstanding  balances  due on the $7.5  million
revolver note and the notes payable of $210,005 and $844,629.

     Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at March 31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               <S>                           <C>
               Fiscal Year
               2000....................      $    472,994
               2001....................         8,232,241
               2002....................           467,555
               2003....................            72,700
               2004....................                 -
                                             ------------
                                             $  9,245,490
                                             ============
</TABLE>


10. CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Whitman leases equipment under several lease agreements which are accounted
for as capital  leases.  The assets and  liabilities  under  capital  leases are
recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease  payments or
the fair value of the asset.  The assets are  amortized  over the related  lease
term.



                                    - F 18 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

10.  CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS - (CONTINUED)

     During 1999 and 1998,  Whitman entered into leases  totaling  approximately
$2,140,000  and  $1,713,000,  respectively,  in connection  with the purchase of
equipment.  The amortization of leased assets of $1,022,000 and $869,000 for the
years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively,  is included in depreciation.
The  following  is a summary  of assets  held  under  capital  leases  which are
included in property and equipment at March 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1999            1998
                                             ------------   -------------
          <S>                                <C>            <C>
          Equipment......................     $6,283,003    $  5,169,560
          Furniture and fixtures.........        471,105         149,228
          Automobiles....................              -          21,660
                                             ------------   -------------
                                               6,754,108      5 ,340,448
          Less accumulated amortization..     (2,923,865)     (2,509,781)
                                             ------------   -------------
                                             $ 3,830,243    $  2,830,667
                                             ============   =============
</TABLE>

     Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at March 31, 1999 are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          FISCAL YEAR
          -----------
          <S>                                               <C>

          2000                                              $  1,992,280
          2001                                                 1,468,616
          2002                                                 1,358,712
          2003                                                   843,476
          2004                                                   153,028
                                                            -------------
          Total minimum lease payments                         5,816,112
          Less amount representing interest (8%-12%)          (1,048,266)
          Less amount classified as current                   (1,517,912)
                                                            -------------
                                                            $  3,249,934
                                                            =============
</TABLE>


11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     Whitman has a 401(k)  retirement  savings plan covering all employees  that
meet certain  eligibility  requirements.  Eligible  participating  employees may
elect to contribute up to a maximum amount of tax deferred  contribution allowed
by the Internal Revenue Code. Whitman matches a portion of such contributions up
to a maximum percentage of the employee's compensation.  Whitman's contributions
to the plan were  approximately  $307,000,  $125,000  and  $97,000 for the years
ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.



                                    - F 19 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

12. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND WARRANTS

     Whitman has adopted stock option plans under which employees, directors and
consultants of Whitman may be issued options  covering up to 4,352,450 shares of
common  stock.  Options are granted at the fair market value of the stock at the
date of the grant,  with  vesting  ranging up to five years.  A summary of stock
option activity related to Whitman's stock option plans is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Weighted
                                            Average Exercise            Number
                                            Price Per Share           Of Shares
                                            ----------------          ---------
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>
Outstanding March 31, 1996..............           2.94               2,083,400
Granted.................................           5.83                 993,750
Exercised...............................           2.51                (351,466)
Cancelled...............................           3.67                 (98,584)
                                                                      ----------

Outstanding March 31, 1997..............           4.07               2,627,100
Granted.................................           5.00                 740,450
Exercised...............................           2.89                 (16,000)
Cancelled...............................           5.29                (177,950)
                                                                      ----------

Outstanding March 31, 1998..............           4.24               3,173,600
Granted.................................           4.84                 699,200
Exercised...............................           2.91                (115,450)
Canceled................................           5.36                (238,500)
                                                                      ----------

Outstanding March 31, 1999..............                              3,518,850
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

     As  required by FAS 123,  pro forma  information  regarding  net income and
earnings  per share has been  determined  as if Whitman  had  accounted  for its
employee stock options under the fair value method of that  statement.  The fair
value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes
options pricing model with the following  weighted-average  assumptions for 1999
and 1998,  respectively:  risk-free  rates of 5.2% and 6.1% ; no dividend yields
for both;  volatility  factors of the expected market price of Whitman's  common
stock of 0.439 and 0.566; and a weighted-average  expected life of the option of
7.0 for both years. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options for the
years 1999 and 1998 were $2.61 and $3.19, respectively.


                                    - F 20 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


12. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)

     The  Black-Scholes  options  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use  in
estimating  the fair value of traded  options that have no vesting  restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including  the  expected  stock  price
volatility.  Because  Whitman's  employee  stock  options  have  characteristics
significantly  different from those traded  options,  and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate,  the
existing models, in management's  opinion, do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

     For  purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated  fair value of the
options is  amortized to expense over the  options'  vesting  period.  Whitman's
fiscal 1999 and 1998 pro forma information follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999             1998
                                               -----------    -------------
         <S>                                   <C>            <C>

         Net income (loss).................    $  567,518     $ (1,763,020)
          Basic and diluted net income
            (loss) per share...............           .04             (.13)
</TABLE>


     The 1999 and 1998 pro forma effect on net income (loss) is not  necessarily
representative  of the  effect in  future  years  because  it does not take into
consideration  pro forma  compensation  expense  related to grants made prior to
1997.

     The exercise  price of options  outstanding  for fiscal years 1999 and 1998
ranged as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             NUMBER          WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING
     EXERCISE PRICE        OF OPTIONS         CONTRACTUAL LIFE (YEARS)
     --------------        ----------        --------------------------
     <S>                   <C>               <C>
     $3.31 - $4.97           664,800                 5.97
     $4.98 - $7.47           774,850                 6.95

</TABLE>

     Stock options totalling 2,087,692 and 1,679,649 were exercisable at the end
of fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively.  Common stock reserved for issuance under
the stock option plans and outstanding warrants aggregate 6,977,393 shares.

     Whitman has 1,650,000 warrants  outstanding at an average exercise price of
$4.01 maturing between January 2000 and February 2001.


                                    - F 21 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The seller of SBC is the beneficial  owner of three  buildings  occupied by
SBC under lease  agreements.  In the fiscal years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, Whitman's SBC subsidiary paid the seller rent totalling $396,000, $453,000
and $432,000, respectively.

     Whitman  purchases  certain  textbooks  and  materials  for  resale  to its
students from an entity that is 40% owned by Whitman's president.  In the fiscal
years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, Whitman purchased $120,300,  $120,300
and $78,900 in textbooks and materials from that entity.

     In February 1996, Whitman moved its headquarters to Miami, Florida. Whitman
occupies  office space in a building owned by IVAX  Corporation.  A director and
shareholder of Whitman is also Chairman of IVAX Corporation. In the fiscal years
ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 Whitman  incurred rent expense in the amount
of $ 146,000, $141,000 and $125,000 respectively.


14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Whitman leases classroom and office space under operating leases in various
buildings where the schools are located.  Certain of Whitman's  operating leases
contain rent escalation clauses.  Future minimum annual rental commitments under
noncancellable operating leases as of March 31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     FISCAL YEAR
     -----------
     <S>                                                      <C>
     2000...............................................      $  5,493,189
     2001...............................................         4,465,890
     2002...............................................         3,688,793
     2003...............................................         3,411,488
     2004...............................................         2,504,678
     Thereafter.........................................        10,399,292
                                                              ------------
     Total minimum lease payments.......................      $ 29,963,330
                                                              ============
</TABLE>

     Rent  expense  during  fiscal  1999,   1998  and  1997  was   approximately
$5,397,801, $4,750,000 and $3,766,000, respectively.

     In fiscal 1999 Whitman entered into financing agreements to acquire capital
equipment totaling $2,140,000.  In fiscal 1999,  $2,140,000 of capital equipment
was financed under these  agreements and are included  under  capitalized  lease
obligations.  At March 31,  1999,  Whitman  had  $715,000  of  letters of credit
outstanding.


                                    - F 22 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - (CONTINUED)

     The Office of the Inspector  General ("OIG") of the Department of Education
is currently conducting an audit of the SBC campus in Granite City, Illinois for
the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1998.  Although  this audit has not yet been
completed  and no audit report has been  issued,  the OIG  representatives  have
questioned the Granite City campus'  inclusion of institutional  scholarships as
non-Title IV funds in determining  compliance  with the 85/15 rule.  The Company
has  responded to the OIG.  Although the Company believes  that the Granite City
campus was  in  compliance with  the 85/15 rule and  that the OIG audit will be
resolved  without any  material  adverse  effect, as  with  any such audit,  no
assurance  can  be  given as to the  final outcome  since  matters  are not yet
resolved.

     Whitman  is a party  to  routine  litigation  incidental  to its  business,
including but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine
employment  matters.  While there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome
of any  litigation  involving  Whitman,  management  does not  believe  that any
pending  proceeding will result in a settlement or an adverse judgment that will
have a material  adverse effect on Whitman's  financial  condition or results of
operations.

     In August 1998, three former students of the diagnostic  medical ultrasound
program of the  Philadelphia  UDS school filed a lawsuit against  Whitman,  UDS,
certain of our current and former officers, directors and employees and a former
consultant,  styled  Cullen,  et al. v. Whitman  Education  Group,  Inc., in the
United States  District Court for the Eastern  District of  Pennsylvania  (Civil
Action No. 98-CV-4076).  The complaint,  as subsequently amended alleges,  among
other things, certain state and federal statutory violations, breach of contract
and fraud and seeks to have the action certified as a class action  encompassing
certain  students who attended the general  ultrasound  program at any of the 15
UDS schools and received federal  financial aid during the alleged class period.
The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, compensatory, treble and punitive damages
and attorneys' fees and costs. No ruling on class certification has been issued.
Management believes  the lawsuit is without  merit  and  intends to  vigorously
defend it. While the outcome cannot be  predicted  with certainty, if determined
adversely to the Company, it could have a material  adverse effect on its
financial  position and results of operations.


15. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying  amounts of cash and cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,
notes payable and accounts payable and accrued  expenses  approximate fair value
because of their short duration to maturity.  The carrying  amounts of revolving
credit facilities  approximate fair value because the interest rate is tied to a
quoted variable index.


                                     -F 23-

<PAGE>

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

     In 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128,  Earnings Per Share.  All earnings per
share amounts for all periods have been presented, and where necessary,  related
to conform to the Statement 128 requirements.

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  computation  of basic  and  diluted
earnings per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                           1999          1998           1997
                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>            <C>
Numerator:
     Net income (loss).............   $ 3,041,644   $    143,144   $ (4,363,357)
                                      ============  =============  =============
Denominator:
     Denominator for basic
       earnings per share -
         weighted average shares...    13,246,796     12,866,045     11,404,862
Effect of dilutive securities:
     Employee stock options........       493,334        804,746              -
     Warrants......................        89,584        401,179              -
                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
     Dilutive potential
       common shares...............       582,918      1,205,925              -
         Denominator for diluted
           earnings per share -
           adjusted weighted -
           average shares and
             assumed conversions...    13,829,714     14,071,970     11,404,862
                                      ============  =============  =============
Basic net income (loss) per share..   $       .23   $       0.01   $      (0.38)
                                      ============  =============  =============

Diluted net income (loss)
  per share........................   $       .22   $       0.01   $     ( 0.38)
                                      ============  =============  =============
</TABLE>


                                    - F 24 -


<PAGE>

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


17. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

     In fiscal 1999, Whitman adopted the provision of SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures
About  Segments  of an  Enterprise."  Whitman  is  organized  by two  reportable
segments,  the  University  Degree  Division and the Associate  Degree  Division
through  three  wholly-owned   subsidiaries.   The  University  Degree  Division
primarily  offers  bachelors,  masters and doctorate  degrees  through  Colorado
Technical  University.  The Associates  Degree Division offers associate degrees
and  diplomas or  certificates  through  Sanford-Brown  College  and  Ultrasound
Technical Services.

     Whitman's  revenues are not  materially  dependent on a single  customer or
small group of customers.

     Summarized financial information concerning the Whitman reportable segments
is shown in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                        1999           1998            1997
                                   --------------  -------------   -------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>
Net revenues:
  Associate Degree Division......  $  55,055,984   $ 44,319,376    $ 35,188,280
  University Degree Division.....     18,921,378     15,987,084      11,804,674
  Other..........................              -              -
                                   --------------  -------------   -------------
  Total .........................  $  73,977,362   $ 60,306,460    $ 46,992,954
                                   ==============  =============   =============

Income (loss) before income taxes:
  Associate Degree Division......  $   6,496,891   $  3,278,877    $ (2,156,666)
  University Degree Division.....     (1,097,029)    (1,448,278)         15,662
  Other..........................  $  (2,262,031)    (2,176,929)     (2,631,194)
                                   --------------  -------------   -------------
  Total..........................  $   3,137,831   $   (346,330)   $ (4,772,198)
                                   ==============  =============   =============

Total assets:
  Associate Degree Division......  $  48,250,099   $ 41,113,240    $ 37,815,405
  University Degree Division.....     13,341,559     12,072,072       9,518,904
  Other..........................        987,957        635,857         683,185
                                   --------------  -------------   -------------
  Total..........................  $  62,579,615   $ 53,821,169    $ 48,017,494
                                   ==============  =============   =============

Capital expenditures:
  Associate Degree Division......  $   3,325,791   $  3,045,389    $  3,224,843
  University Degree Division.....      1,075,262      2,161,633       1,826,491
  Other..........................         57,988        228,945               -
                                   --------------  -------------   -------------
  Total..........................  $   4,459,041   $  5,435,967    $  5,051,334
                                   ==============  =============   =============
</TABLE>
                                    - F 25 -



Exhibit   3.2

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                          WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.
                              a Florida corporation



                                    ARTICLE I
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of the shareholders for the
election of  directors  and for the  transaction  of such other  business as may
properly come before the meeting  shall be held at the date and time  designated
by the board of directors.

     SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the shareholders shall be
called upon the written request of the chairman,  the chief executive officer or
the board of  directors by action at a meeting,  a majority of directors  acting
without  a  meeting,   or  (as  provided  by  the  Articles  of   Incorporation)
shareholders holding at least 50% of the Corporation's stock entitled to vote at
the  meeting.  The written  request for the special  meeting  shall  specify the
purpose or purposes of the meeting.  Only business within the purposes described
in the notice  required  by Section 4 of this  Article may be  conducted  at the
special meeting.

     SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the shareholders will be held at
the  principal  place of business  of the  Corporation  or at such other  place,
within or outside of Florida, as is designated by the board of directors.

     SECTION  4.  NOTICE OF  MEETINGS.  A  written  notice  of each  meeting  of
shareholders,  signed by the  secretary  or the persons  authorized  to call the
meeting,  shall be mailed to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting at
the  address as it appears on the records of the  Corporation,  not less than 10
nor more than 60 days  before the date set for the  meeting.  The  notice  shall
state the time and place the meeting is to be held,  and, if the notice  relates
to a special  meeting,  shall also state the  purposes  for which the meeting is
called. The record date for determining  shareholders  entitled to notice of and
to vote at the meeting will be the date fixed by board of directors. A notice of
meeting shall be sufficient for the meeting and any  adjournment of the meeting.
Any shareholder may waive notice of a meeting before, at or after the meeting.

     SECTION 5. QUORUM.        A        majority       of        the      shares
entitled        to       vote,       represented       in       person        or

                                     - 1 -

<PAGE>

by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting
of shareholders. A majority of shareholders represented in person or by proxy at
a meeting of shareholders,  even if less than a quorum,  may adjourn the meeting
form time to time and place to place  without  further  notice until a quorum is
present.

     SECTION  6.  SHAREHOLDER  VOTING.  If a quorum is  present  at a meeting of
shareholders,  the action on a matter is  approved if the votes cast in favor of
the action  exceed the votes  cast  opposing  the  action,  except as  otherwise
provided in Section 2 of Article II, the articles of incorporation or applicable
law.  Each  outstanding  share  shall be  entitled  to one  vote on each  matter
submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

     SECTION 7. RECORD DATE.  The board of  directors  may fix a record date for
any lawful purpose, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the  determination of shareholders  entitled to (1) receive notice of or to vote
at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment  thereof or to express consent
to corporate  action in writing  without a meeting,  (2) receive  payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or (3) take any other
action.  The record  date shall not be more than 70 days  preceding  the date of
such meeting, the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or
the action requiring a determination of shareholders.

     SECTION  8.  PROXIES.  A  shareholder  entitled  to vote at any  meeting of
shareholders or any adjournment  thereof (or another  entitled to vote on behalf
of the  shareholder  as a matter of law) may vote in person or by proxy executed
in  writing  and  signed  by  the  shareholder  or  his  attorney-in-fact.   The
appointment  of proxy  will be  effective  when  received  by the  Corporation's
secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes. No proxy shall
be valid  more than 11 months  after the date of its  execution  unless a longer
term is expressly stated in the proxy.

     SECTION 9. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS WITHOUT MEETING BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Any action
of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if written consents,  setting
forth the action taken,  are signed by at least a majority of shares entitled to
vote and are delivered to the Corporation's secretary, or other officer or agent
of the  Corporation  having  custody of the  Corporation's  books within 60 days
after the date that the earliest  written consent was delivered.  Within 10 days
after obtaining an authorization  of an action by written consent,  notice shall
be given to those  shareholders who have not consented in writing or who are not
entitled to vote on the action.  The notice shall fairly  summarize the material
features of the authorized action. If the action creates dissenters' rights, the
notice shall contain a clear  statement of the right of dissenting  shareholders
to be paid the fair value of their shares upon  compliance  with and as provided
for by the Florida Business Corporation Act. The written consents shall be filed
with the records of the meetings of shareholders.

     SECTION 10. NOTICE OF NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS.  Nominations for election to
the Board of Directors of the  corporation at a meeting of  shareholders  may be
made    by    the    Board    of    Directors    or    by    any  shareholder of
the  corporation  entitled to vote for the election of directors at such meeting

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

who  complies  with the notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  10. Such
nominations,  other than  those made by or on behalf of the Board of  Directors,
may be made only if notice in writing is  personally  delivered to, or mailed by
first class United States mail, postage prepaid,  and received by, the secretary
not less than 60 days nor more  than 90 days  prior to such  meeting;  provided,
however,that if less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date
of the meeting is given to shareholders,  such nomination shall have been mailed
by first  class  United  States  mail,  postage  prepaid,  and  received  by, or
personally  delivered  to, the secretary not later than the close of business on
the  tenth  (10th)  day  following  the day on which  notice  of the date of the
meeting was mailed or such public  disclosure was made,  whichever occurs first.
Such notice shall set forth (a) as to each proposed  nominee (i) the name,  age,
business address and, if known, residence address of each such nominee, (ii) the
principal  occupation or  employment  of each such nominee,  (iii) the number of
shares, if any, of stock of the corporation that are beneficially  owned by each
such nominee and (iv) any other information  concerning the nominee that must be
disclosed in proxy  solicitations  pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities
and Exchange Commission if such person had been nominated, or was intended to be
nominated, by the Board of Directors (including such person's written consent to
be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected);  and (b) as to the
shareholder  giving the notice  (i) the name and  address,  as it appears on the
corporation's  books,  of such  shareholder,  (ii) a  representation  that  such
shareholder is a holder of record of shares of stock of the corporation entitled
to vote at the  meeting  and the class and  number of shares of the  corporation
which are beneficially  owned by such shareholder,  (iii) a representation  that
such  shareholder  intends  to appear in  person or by proxy at the  meeting  to
nominate the person or persons specified in the notice and (iv) a description of
all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each nominee and
any other person or persons  (naming  such person or persons)  pursuant to which
the  nomination  or  nominations  are  to  be  made  by  such  shareholder.  The
corporation  also may  require  any  proposed  nominee  to  furnish  such  other
information  as may  reasonably be required by the  corporation to determine the
eligibility of such proposed  nominee to serve as a director of the corporation.
The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant,  determine and declare to
the meeting  that a nomination  was not made in  accordance  with the  foregoing
procedure,  and if he should so  determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting,
and that the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

     SECTION 11. NOTICE OF BUSINESS AT ANNUAL MEETINGS.  At an annual meeting of
the  shareholders,  only such  business  shall be  conducted  as shall have been
properly  brought  before the meeting.  To be properly  brought before an annual
meeting,  business  must be (a)  specified  in the  notice  of  meeting  (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b
) otherwise  properly  brought  before the meeting by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors or (c)  otherwise  properly  brought  before the meeting by a
shareholder.  For business to be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a
shareholder,  if such  business  relates to the  election  of  directors  of the
corporation,  the  procedures  in Section 10 of this  Article I must be complied
with. If such business  relates to any other matter,  the shareholder  must have
given  timely  notice  thereof  in  writing to the  secretary.  To be timely,  a
shareholder's  notice must be personally  delivered to, or mailed by first class
United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  and received by, the secretary not less
than  60  days  nor  more  than  90  days   prior  to  such   meeting; provided,
however,  that  if  less  than  70  days'  notice  or  prior  public  disclosure
of  the  date  of  the  meeting  is  given  to   shareholders,  such  notice, to

                                      -3-


<PAGE>

be timely,  must have been mailed by first class  United  States  mail,  postage
prepaid,  and received by, or  personally  delivered to, the secretary not later
than the close of business on the tenth  (10th) day  following  the day on which
notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made,
whichever occurs first. A shareholder's  notice to the secretary shall set forth
as to each matter the  shareholder  proposes to bring before the annual  meeting
(i) a brief  description of the business desired to be brought before the annual
meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii)
the  name  and  address,  as they  appear  on the  corporation's  books,  of the
shareholder proposing such business, (iii) a representation that the shareholder
is a holder of record of shares of stock of the corporation  entitled to vote at
the  meting  and the class and  number  of shares of the  corporation  which are
beneficially  owned by the  shareholder  and (iv) any  material  interest of the
shareholder  in such business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the
contrary,  no  business  shall be  conducted  at any  annual  meeting  except in
accordance  with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 and except that any
shareholder  proposal  which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any
successor  provision)  promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as is to be included in the corporation's proxy statement for an annual
meeting of shareholders  shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this
Section 11. The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section  11,  and if he should so
determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting  and the  business  not  properly
brought before the meeting shall be disregarded.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    DIRECTORS

     SECTION 1. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The board of directors of the  Corporation
shall  consist of not less than one person,  the exact  number to be  determined
from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of
all directors of the  Corporation  then holding office at any special or regular
meeting.  Any such  resolution  increasing or decreasing the number of directors
shall have the effect of creating or eliminating a vacancy or vacancies,  as the
case may be,  provided  that no such  resolution  shall  reduce  the  number  of
directors below the number then holding office.

     SECTION 2.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS  AND  CHAIRMAN  AND VICE  CHAIRMAN OF THE
BOARD.  Directors  shall be elected at the annual meeting of  shareholders,  but
when the annual meeting is not held or directors are not elected  thereat,  they
may be elected at a special meeting called and held for that purpose.  Directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the share  entitled to vote
in the  election  at a  meeting  at which a quorum  is  present.  At the time of
election,  a  director  must be at  least  18  years  of age,  but need not be a
shareholder  of the  Corporation.  The board of  directors  may elect from their
members a chairman and a vice chairman of the board.  The chairman of the board,
if one be elected,  shall  preside at all meetings of the board of directors and
meetings of the  shareholders and shall have such other powers and duties as may
be prescribed by the board of directors.     The   vice   chairman,  if   any be
elected,  shall   have   such   powers   and    duties   as   may   from    time

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or the chairman, and in the
absence  of the  chairman,  shall  preside  at all  meetings  of  the  board  of
directors.

     SECTION 3. TERM OF OFFICE. Each director shall hold office until the annual
meeting next  succeeding  his  election  and until his  successor is elected and
qualified, or until his earlier resignation, removal from office or death.

     SECTION 4.  REMOVAL.  Any director or the entire board of directors  may be
removed,  with or without  cause,  at a meeting of  shareholders,  provided  the
notice of the  meeting  states  that one of the  purposes  of the meeting is the
removal of the  director.  A director may be removed only if the number of votes
cast to remove him exceeds the number of votes cast against removal.

     SECTION 5.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy  occurring  in the board of  directors,
including a vacancy  created by an increase in the number of  directors,  may be
filled by the  shareholders  or by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
remaining  directors,  though  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A
director  elected  to fill a  vacancy  shall  hold  office  only  until the next
election of directors by the shareholders.  If there are no remaining directors,
the vacancy shall be filled by the shareholders.

     SECTION 6. QUORUM AND TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS.  A majority of the number of
directors  fixed  pursuant to these  bylaws  shall  constitute  a quorum for the
transaction  for  business,  except that a majority of the  directors  in office
shall constitute a quorum for filling a vacancy on the board. Whenever less than
a quorum is  present  at the time and place  appointed  for any  meeting  of the
board, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting form time to time and
place to place,  until a quorum  shall be present.  The act of a majority of the
directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
the board of directors.

     SECTION 7.  REGULAR  MEETINGS.  Regular  meetings of the board of directors
shall be held at such times and places,  within or without the State of Florida,
as the board of directors may, by resolution,  from time to time determine.  The
secretary  shall give notice of each such resolution to any director who was not
present at the time the  resolution  was adopted,  but no further notice of such
regular meeting need be given.

     SECTION 8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors may
be called by the chairman,  the vice-chairman,  the chief executive officer, the
president  or any two  members of the board of  directors,  and shall be held at
such  times and  places,  within or  without  the  State of  Florida,  as may be
specified in such call.

     SECTION  9.  NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL  MEETINGS.  Notice of the time and
place of each annual or special  meeting  shall be given to each director by the
secretary or by the person or persons calling such meeting. Such notice need not
specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting and may be given in any manner or
method and at such time so that the director  receiving  it may have  reasonable
opportunity to attend the meeting.    Such   notice   shall,   in   all  events,
be   deemed  to   have   been    properly    and   duly   given   if   mailed at
least   48   hours    prior    to   the     meeting   and   directed   to    the

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

residence of each director as shown in the  secretary's  records.  The giving of
notice  shall be deemed to have been waived by any director who shall attend and
participate  in such  meeting  and may be waived,  in writing,  by any  director
either before or after such meeting.

     SECTION 10.  COMPENSATION.  The  directors,  as such,  shall be entitled to
receive such  reasonable  compensation  for their  services as may be fixed from
time to time by resolution of the board of directors. In addition, the directors
may be reimbursed  for expenses of attending  meetings of the board of directors
and committees thereof.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude
any director from serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity and receiving
compensation therefor.  Members of the executive committee or of any standing or
special  committee of the board of directors  may by  resolution of the board be
allowed such  compensation for their services as the board of directors may deem
reasonable and additional  compensation  may be allowed to directors for special
services rendered.

     SECTION 11. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required to be taken at a
meeting of the board of directors  (or a committee  of the board of  directors),
and any action which may be taken at a meeting of the board of  directors  (or a
committee of the board of directors) may be taken without a meeting if a consent
in  writing,  setting  forth the  action  to be taken  and  signed by all of the
directors  (or  members  of the  committee),  is  filed  in the  minutes  of the
proceedings  of the  board of  directors.  The  action  taken  shall  be  deemed
effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies
otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   COMMITTEES

     SECTION 1.  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE.  The board of directors  may from time to
time, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, create an executive
committee of three or more  directors,  the members of which shall be elected by
the board of directors  to serve at the  pleasure of the board.  If the board of
directors  does  not  designate  a  chairman  of the  executive  committee,  the
executive  committee  shall  elect a  chairman  from its own  number.  Except as
otherwise provided herein and in the resolution creating an executive committee,
such committee shall,  during the intervals between the meetings of the board of
directors,  possess and may exercise all of the powers of the board of directors
in the  management  of the business and affairs of the  Corporation,  other than
that of  filling  vacancies  among  the  directors  or in any  committee  of the
directors and except as provided by law. The executive committee shall keep full
records and  accounts of its  proceedings  and  transactions.  All action by the
executive  committee  shall be reported to the board of directors at its meeting
next  succeeding  such  action  and shall be subject to  control,  revision  and
alteration by the board of  directors,  provided that no rights of third persons
shall be prejudicially  affected thereby.  Vacancies in the executive  committee
shall be filled by the  directors,  and the  directors  may  appoint one or more
directors as alternate  members of the  committee  who may take the place of any
absent member or members at any meeting.



                                      -6-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2. MEETINGS OF EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE.  Subject to the  provisions of
these bylaws,  the executive  committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and
shall  meet  as  provided  by such  rules  or by  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors,  and it shall also meet at the call of the chief  executive  officer,
the chairman of the  executive  committee  or any two members of the  committee.
Unless otherwise  provided by such rules or by such resolutions,  the provisions
of Section 10 of the Article II relating to the notice  required to be given for
meetings of the board of directors shall also apply to meetings of the executive
committee.  A  majority  of  the  executive  committee  shall  be  necessary  to
constitute a quorum.

     SECTION 3.  OTHER  COMMITTEES.  The board of  directors  may by  resolution
provide for such other standing or special committees as it deems desirable, and
discontinue the same at its pleasure. Each such committee shall have such powers
and perform such duties, not inconsistent with law, as may be delegated to it by
the board of  directors.  The  provisions  of  Section  1 and  Section 2 of this
Article  shall  govern the  appointment  and action of such  committee so far as
consistent,  unless otherwise  provided by the board of directors.  Vacancies in
such  committees  shall be filled by the board of  directors  or as the board of
directors may provide.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS.  The board of directors shall elect a senior
executive  officer  who shall  hold the  office of chief  executive  officer  or
president  or  both,  a  senior  financial  officer  who  shall  serve as a vice
president  and who may also serve as  treasurer,  a secretary and such number of
vice presidents, if any, as the board may from time to time determine. The board
of  directors  may from time to time create such other  offices and appoint such
other officers, subordinate officers and assistant officers as it may determine.
Any two of such offices,  other than those of president and vice president,  may
be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute,  acknowledge or verify
an instrument in more than one capacity.

     SECTION 2. TERM OF  OFFICE.  The  officers  of the  Corporation  shall hold
office at the pleasure of the board of directors,  and, unless sooner removed by
the board of directors,  until successors are chosen and qualified. The board of
directors may remove any officer at any time,  with or without  cause. A vacancy
in any office, however created, shall be filled by the board of directors.

                                    ARTICLE V
                               DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     SECTION 1. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,  PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

          (A)  The  chief  executive  officer shall be the senior officer of the

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

corporation  and,  subject  to the  control  of the  board of  directors,  shall
exercise supervision over the management of the business of the Corporation.  In
the absence of the  chairman of the board,  he shall  preside at meetings of the
shareholders.  He shall have authority to sign all  certificates  for shares and
all deeds, mortgages, bonds, agreement, notices, and other instruments requiring
his  signature;  and shall  have all the powers  and  duties  prescribed  by the
Florida  Business  Corporation Act and such others as the board of directors may
from time to time assign to him. In the event a president is not appointed,  the
chief  executive  officer  shall also have the duties set forth in Section  1(B)
below.

          (B) The  president shall exercise supervision over the business of the
Corporation and over its several officers, subject, however, to the oversight of
the chief executive officer,  if one be elected.  In the absence of the chairman
of the board and the chief  executive  officer,  he shall preside at meetings of
the  shareholders.  He shall have authority to sign all  certificates for shares
and all deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  agreements,  notices,  and other instruments
requiring his signature;  and shall have all the powers and duties prescribed by
the Florida  Business  Corporation Act and such others as the board of directors
may from time to time assign to him.

          (C) The chief operating officer, if one  be  elected,  shall  exercise
supervision over the business of the Corporation and over its several  officers,
subject,  however,  to the  oversight  of the chief  executive  officer  and the
president.  In the absence of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer
and president,  he shall preside at meetings of the shareholders.  He shall have
authority to sign all deeds, mortgages,  bonds,  agreements,  notices, and other
instruments  requiring his  signature;  and shall have all the powers and duties
prescribed by the Florida Business  Corporation Act and such others as the board
of directors may from time to time assign to him.

     SECTION 3. VICE PRESIDENT.  The vice presidents  shall have such powers and
duties as may from time to time be assigned  to them by the board of  directors,
the chief  executive  officer  or the  president.  At the  request  of the chief
executive  officer  or the  president,  or in  the  case  of  their  absence  or
disability, the vice president designated by the president (or in the absence of
such designation,  the vice president designated by the board) shall perform all
the duties of the president and, when so acting, shall have all the power of the
president.  The  authority  of  vice  president  to  sign  in  the  name  of the
Corporation  certificates for shares and deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  agreements,
notices and other  instruments  shall be coordinate  with like  authority of the
chief executive officer and the president.

     SECTION  4.  SECRETARY.  The  secretary  shall,  keep  minutes  of all  the
proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors and shall make proper
record of the same,  which  shall be attested by him;  shall have  authority  to
execute and deliver  certificates  as to any of such  proceedings  and any other
records of the  Corporation;  shall have authority to sign all  certificates for
shares and all deeds, mortgages, bonds, agreements,  notes and other instruments
to   be   executed   by   the   Corporation   which   require   his   signature;
shall   give   notice   of    meetings   of    shareholders    and    directors;
shall   produce    on    request    at    each     meeting   of     shareholders
a  certified    list    of  shareholders   arranged    in   alphabetical  order;
shall keep such books  and records as may be required by law or by the board  of

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

directors;  and, in general,  shall perform all duties incident to the office of
secretary  and such other  duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by
the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president.

     SECTION 5. TREASURER.  The treasurer shall have general  supervision of all
finances of the Corporation;  he shall be in charge of all money,  bills, notes,
deeds, leases, mortgages and similar property belonging to the Corporation,  and
shall  do with the same as may from  time to time be  required  by the  board of
directors.  He shall  cause to be kept  adequate  and  correct  accounts  of the
business  transactions  of the  Corporation,  including  accounts of its assets,
liabilities, receipts, disbursements,  gains, losses, stated capital and shares,
together  with such other  accounts as may be  required;  and he shall have such
other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board
of directors, the chief executive officer or the president.

     SECTION 6. ASSISTANT AND SUBORDINATE  OFFICERS.  The board of directors may
elect such assistant and  subordinate  officers as it may deem  desirable.  Each
such officer  shall hold office at the  pleasure of the board of  directors  and
perform such duties as the board of directors or the chief executive  officer or
the  president  may  prescribe.  The board of directors  may, from time to time,
authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate  officers,  to prescribe
their authority and duties, and to fix their compensation.

     SECTION 7.  DUTIES OF  OFFICERS  MAY BE  DELEGATED.  In the  absence of any
officer of the  Corporation,  or for any other reason the board of directors may
deem  sufficient,  the board of directors may delegate,  for the time being, the
powers or duties,  or any of them,  of such  officers to any other officer or to
any director.

     SECTION 8. RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVALS. Any officer may resign at any time by
delivering his  resignation in writing to the chairman of the board, if any, the
chief  executive  officer,  or the  secretary  or to a  meeting  of the board of
directors.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to
be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its
being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. The board of directors may
at any time  remove  any  officer  either  with or without  cause.  The board of
directors  may at any time  terminate or modify the  authority of any agent.  No
officer  resigning  and (except where a right to receive  compensation  shall be
expressly  provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation)
no officer removed shall have any right to any  compensation as such officer for
any period  following  his  resignation  or removal,  or any right to damages on
account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year
or otherwise;  unless, in the case of a resignation,  the directors,  or, in the
case of  removal,  the  body  acting  on the  removal,  shall  in  their  or its
discretion provide for compensation.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     The Corporation shall indemnify its officers and directors,  and any former
officer or director, to the full extent permitted by law.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                             CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

     SECTION 1. FORM AND  EXECUTION.  Certificates  for shares,  certifying  the
number of fully- paid shares owned,  shall be issued to each shareholder in such
form as shall be approved by the board of directors.  Such certificates shall be
signed by the chairman or  vice-chairman  of the board of directors or the chief
executive officer,  the president or a vice president and by the secretary or an
assistant  secretary  or the  treasurer  or an  assistant  treasurer;  provided,
however,  that if such certificates are countersigned by a transfer agent and/or
registrar,  the  signatures  of  any  of  said  officers  and  the  seal  of the
Corporation  upon such  certificates  may be  facsimiles,  engraved,  stamped or
printed.  If any officer or officers who shall have signed,  or whose  facsimile
signature  shall have been  used,  printed  or  stamped  on any  certificate  or
certificates for shares, shall cease to be such officer or officers,  because of
death,  resignation or otherwise,  before such certificate or certificates shall
have been delivered by the Corporation,  such  certificate or  certificates,  if
authenticated by the endorsement thereon of the signature of a transfer agent or
registrar, shall nevertheless be conclusively deemed to have been adopted by the
Corporation  by the use and  delivery  thereof and shall be as  effective in all
respects as though signed by a duly elected, qualified and authorized officer or
officers,  and as though the person or persons  who signed such  certificate  or
certificates,  or whose facsimile  signature or signatures  shall have been used
thereon, had not ceased to be an officer or officers of the Corporation.

     SECTION 2.  REGISTRATION  OF TRANSFER.  Any  certificate  for Shares of the
Corporation  shall be  transferable  in person or by attorney upon the surrender
thereof to the  Corporation  or any transfer  agent  therefor  (for the class of
shares  represented  by  the  certificate  surrendered)  properly  endorsed  for
transfer and  accompanied by such assurances as the Corporation or such transfer
agent may require as to the  genuineness  and  effectiveness  of each  necessary
endorsement.

     SECTION 3. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  A new share certificate
or certificates may be issued in place of any certificate  theretofore issued by
the  Corporation  which is alleged to have been lost,  destroyed  or  wrongfully
taken upon (1) the  execution  and  delivery  to the  Corporation  by the person
claiming the certificate to have been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully taken of an
affidavit  of the fact,  specifying  whether or not, at the time of such alleged
loss,  destruction  or  taking,  the  certificate  was  endorsed,  and  (2)  the
furnishing to the Corporation an indemnity and other assurances  satisfactory to
the Corporation and to all transfer agents and registrars of the class of shares
represented  by the  certificate  against  any and all losses,  damages,  costs,
expenses or  liabilities to which they or any of them may be subjected by reason
of the issue and delivery of such new  certificate or certificates or in respect
of the original certificate.

                                      -10-


<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.  REGISTERED  SHAREHOLDERS.  A person in whose name shares are of
record  on the  books  of the  Corporation  shall  conclusively  be  deemed  the
unqualified   owner  and    holder  thereof  for   all  purposes  and  to   have
capacity   to  exercise  all  rights  of ownership. Neither  the Corporation nor
any transfer agent of the Corporation  shall be bound to recognize any equitable
interest  in or claim to such  shares on the part of any other  person,  whether
disclosed upon such  certificate or otherwise,  nor shall they be obliged to see
to the execution of any trust or obligation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   FISCAL YEAR

     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on such date in each year
as shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                      SEAL

     The board of directors may provide a suitable seal  containing  the name of
the Corporation. If deemed advisable by the board of directors,  duplicate seals
may be provided and kept for the purposes of the Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE X
                        CORPORATE RECORDS; SHAREHOLDERS'
                    INSPECTION RIGHTS; FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     SECTION 1. CORPORATE RECORDS.

          (A) The  Corporation  shall  keep as permanent  records minutes of all
meetings of its shareholders and board of directors, a  record  of  all  actions
taken by the shareholders  or board of  directors   without   a  meeting,  and a
record  of all actions  taken  by a  committee  of  the  board of  directors  on
behalf  of the corporation.

          (B) The Corporation shall maintain  accurate  accounting records and a
record of its  shareholders  in  a form  that permits  preparation  of a list of
the names and  addresses  of all  shareholders  in  alphabetical  order by class
of shares showing the number and series of shares held by each.

          (C) The Corporation  shall  keep a  copy of: its  articles or restated
articles of incorporation and all amendments  to them currently in effect; these
bylaws or restated bylaws and all amendments  currently  in effect;  resolutions
adopted by the board of  directors  creating  one or more  classes  or series of
shares and fixing their relative  rights,  preferences   and   limitations,   if
shares issued pursuant to those resolutions are outstanding;  the minutes of all
shareholders' meetings and records of all actions taken by shareholders  without
a meeting for the past three years;  written  communications to all shareholders
generally   for   all   shareholders   of   a   class or  series within the past

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

three years,  including  the financial  statements  furnished for the last three
years; a list of names and business street address of its current  directors and
officers;  and its most recent  annual  report  delivered to the  Department  of
State.

          (D) The   Corporation   shall   maintain   its   records  in   written
form  or  in  another  form  capable  of  conversion  into  written  form within
a reasonable time.

     SECTION 2.  SHAREHOLDERS'  INSPECTION  RIGHTS. A shareholder is entitled to
inspect and copy, during regular business hours at the  Corporation's  principal
officer,  any of the corporate records described in Section 1(C) of this Article
if the shareholder  gives the Corporation  written notice of the demand at least
five  business  days  before the date on which he wishes to inspect and copy the
records.

                 A shareholder is entitled to inspect and copy,  during  regular
business hours  at a  reasonable  location  specified  by  the  Corporation, any
of the following  records  of  the Corporation  if  the  shareholder  gives  the
Corporation written  notice of his demand at least  five  business  days  before
the date on which he wishes to  inspect  and copy  provided:  (1) the  demand is
made in good faith  and  for  a  purpose  reasonably  related  to such  person's
interest  as  a  shareholder;  (2) the  shareholder  describes  with  reasonable
particularity  the purpose and the records he desires  to  inspect;  and (3) the
records are directly connected  with the  purpose:  (a)  excerpts  from  minutes
of any  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors,  records  of  any  action  of  a
committee  of the  board of directors  while  acting  in  place of the  board of
behalf   of  the  Corporation, minutes  of  any  meeting  of  the  shareholders,
and records of action taken by the shareholders  or  board  without  a   meeting
(to the extent not subject to inspection under the  preceding  paragraph);   (b)
accounting  records;  (c) the  record of shareholders; and (d) any  other  books
and records of the Corporation.

                 The Corporation may deny any  demand  for  inspection  if   the
demand was made for an improper purpose, or  if  the  demanding  shareholder has
within the two years preceding his demand, sold or offered for sale any  list of
shareholders  of  the  Corporation  or  of any other corporation,  has  aided or
abetted  any person in procuring any list of shareholders for  that purpose,  or
has  improperly  used any information  secured  through  any  prior  examination
of  the  records  of the Corporation or any other corporation.

     SECTION  3.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  OF  SHAREHOLDERS.  Unless  modified  by
resolution of the  shareholders,  within 120 days after the close of each fiscal
year,  the  Corporation  shall furnish its  shareholders  with annual  financial
statements  which may be consolidated or combined  statements of the Corporation
and one or more of its  subsidiaries,  as  appropriate,  that  include a balance
sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, an income statement for that year, and a
statement of cash flows for that year. If financial  statements are prepared for
the Corporation on the basis of generally accepted  accounting  principles,  the
annual financial statements must also be prepared on that basis.

                 If   the   annual   financial   statements    are      reported
upon    by    a   public   accountant,   his     report      must      accompany
them.  If  not,  the  statements must  be  accompanied  by a  statement  of  the

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

president or the person  responsible for the  Corporation's  accounting  records
stating his reasonable  belief whether the statements were prepared on the basis
of generally accepted accounting principles and, if not, describing the basis of
preparation  and  describing  any  respects  in which  the  statements  were not
prepared on a basis of accounting  consistent  with the statements  prepared for
the preceding year.

                 The  Corporation  shall  mail  the annual financial  statements
to  each  shareholder  within  120 days  after the close of each  fiscal year or
within such additional time thereafter as is reasonably  necessary to enable the
Corporation  to  prepare  its  financial  statements  if, for  reasons    beyond
the  Corporation's  control, it  is  unable to prepare its financial  statements
within the prescribed period. Thereafter, on written request from  a shareholder
who  was  not  mailed  the statements,   the  Corporation  shall  mail  him  the
latest  annual  financial statements.

     SECTION 4. OTHER REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS. If the Corporation indemnifies or
advances expenses to any director,  officer, employee or agent otherwise than by
court order or action by the shareholders or by an insurance carrier pursuant to
insurance  maintained  by the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  report the
indemnification  or advance in  writing to the  shareholders  with or before the
notice of the next annual shareholders'  meeting, or prior to the meeting if the
indemnification  or advance  occurs  after the giving of the notice but prior to
the time the annual  meeting is held.  This  report  shall  include a  statement
specifying  the persons paid, the amounts paid, and the nature and status at the
time of such payment of the litigation or threatened litigation.


                 If  the  Corporation  issues or  authorities  the  issuance  of
shares  for promises to render  services in the future,  the  Corporation  shall
report in writing to the shareholders the number of shares authorized or issued,
and the consideration received by  the Corporation, with or before the notice of
the next shareholders' meeting.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   AMENDMENTS

     These bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed,  and new bylaws adopted,
by the board of directors or shareholders.

     I certify  that the  foregoing  bylaws are the bylaws of Whitman  Education
Group, Inc. a Florida corporation, as of November 6, 1998.



                                               /s/ RICHARD B. SALZMAN,
                                               -----------------------------
                                               Richard B. Salzman, Secretary

                                      -13-



Exhibit  10.25

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

     AMENDED AND RESTATED  CONTRIBUTION  AGREEMENT  dated as of June 2, 1999, by
and among Colorado Technical  University,  Inc., a Colorado corporation (CTU");
Huron  University,  L.L.C.,  a South Dakota limited  liability  company ("HUI");
Newco,  L.L.C., a South Dakota limited  liability company  (Newco);  and David
ODonnell,  the sole  member of Newco  (Member).  HUI,  Newco and  Member  are
collectively referred to herein as the HUI Group.

                                    RECITALS

     A. CTU is a proprietary provider of career-oriented  education to primarily
adult learners. Huron University,  founded in 1883, was acquired by CTU in 1996.
Since that time, CTU has significantly  improved Huron Universitys  faculty and
staff and invested significant funds in upgrading Huron Universitys  classrooms
and dormitories, all of which has resulted in increased student enrollment.

     B.  During  this time,  however,  Member and CTU  realized  that there were
fundamental  differences  in the  requirements  of a  campus,  such as  Colorado
Technical  Universitys  other three campuses,  that serve working  adults,  and
Huron University that caters to more traditional younger adult students pursuing
degree-based higher education after high school.

     C. As a result,  Member  and CTU have  concluded  that  Colorado  Technical
University,   Huron  University,  its  students,  the  City  of  Huron  and  the
surrounding  region  would be best  served if Huron  University  were once again
independently  owned and  governed  and thus better able to pursue its  separate
mission.

     D. To accomplish  this,  Member has formed Newco and HUI to own and operate
Huron  University  and CTU has agreed to  contribute  the  operating  assets and
liabilities  relating to the business and  operations of Huron  University  (the
Business)  and cash to Newco,  and Newco has agreed to accept  such assets and
cash and assume such liabilities on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     E. Newco will then  contribute  the  Business to HUI in exchange for a 100%
ownership interest in HUI.

     F. For United States federal  income tax purposes,  it is intended that the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement qualify as a non-taxable transfer of
property  described  in Section 721 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended, and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

                                    AGREEMENT
     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and promises
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and
adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                        -1-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01. DEFINED TERMS. As used herein, the terms below shall have the
following  meanings.  Any of these terms, unless the context otherwise requires,
may be used in the singular or plural depending upon the reference.

             "ACCOUNTS"  shall  mean  all  accounts,  accounts receivable, other
receivables, contract  rights,  chattel  paper,  insurance  claims  and proceeds
and  notes receivable of CTU as of the Closing Date relating exclusively to  the
Business.

             "ACCREDITATION"  shall  mean   accreditation  by  the NCA  and  all
licenses,  permits,  certifications,  approvals,   and  other  governmental  and
regulatory   authorizations   required  under  all  laws,  rules and regulations
applicable  to  or  affecting  the  Business  or  the  Institution, exclusive of
the Certification.

             "ASSETS"  shall mean all of CTU's  right,  title  and  interest  in
and  to  all  properties,  assets  and  rights  of any kind, whether tangible or
intangible,  real  or  personal,  owned by CTU or in  which CTU has any interest
whatsoever,  which  are  used  primarily  in  the  Business,  including  without
limitation,  the following (except to the extent any of  same  are  specifically
listed as Excluded Assets):

             (a) Accounts, refunds  or  deposits  and  prepaid expenses relating
exclusively  to the  Assets, including without limitation, any prepaid insurance
premiums;

             (b)      all Contract Rights;

             (c)      all Fixtures and Equipment;

             (d)      all Inventory;

             (e)      all Books and Records;

             (f)      the  Insurance  Policies  to   the  extent  Newco  desires
                      such policies to be assigned;

             (g)      all Permits;

             (h)      all Miscellaneous Assets;

             (i)      all Other Rights;

             (j)      all Leases;

             (k)      all goodwill of CTU related to the Business (including all
                      rights to the name Huron University);

             (l)      the Huron letter; and


                                        -2-

<PAGE>

             (m) the Software License, to the extent assignable to Huron without
                 cost  to  CTU and  to  the  extent  such  assignment  does  not
                 prohibit  CTU  from  utilizing  the software at no cost for the
                 purpose of obtaining historical information.

             "BOOKS AND RECORDS"shall mean all records pertaining to the Assets,
Assumed Liabilities,  customers, or  suppliers of the Business (but specifically
excluding the  corporate  minute books,  corporate  tax  returns,  stock  ledger
and related items)  provided  that HUI and Newco shall make   available  to  CTU
such Books and Records as CTU shall   reasonably  require  after the  Closing in
the event of an audit or similar matter.

             "CERTIFICATION"  shall mean certification  by  the  U.S. Department
of  Education  for  institutional  participation  in  the  programs   of student
financial assistance pursuant to Title  IV of  the Higher Education Act of 1965,
as amended.

             "CLOSING DATE" shall be as defined in Section 3.01.

             "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue  Code  of 1986, as  the same
may be amended from
time to time.

             "CONTRACT" shall  mean  with  respect to CTU any of the agreements,
contracts,  Leases,  HEI  Lease,   notes,   loans,  evidences  of  indebtedness,
purchase   orders,  letters  of   credit, franchise  agreements,   undertakings,
covenants  not  to   compete,  employment  agreements,   licenses,  instruments,
obligations, commitments to which CTU is a party and  which  relate  exclusively
to  the  Business  or  to  which any of  the  Assets are subject,  whether  oral
or written, express or implied.

             "CONTRACT  RIGHTS"  shall  mean  with  respect  to CTU all of CTU's
rights and obligations under the Contracts.

             "ED" shall mean the U.S. Department of Education.

             "ENCUMBRANCES" shall mean any claim, lien, pledge,  option, charge,
easement, security interest,  right-of-way,  encumbrance or other right of third
parties,  other  than (a) liens for taxes  and other  governmental  charges  and
assessments  which are not yet due and  payable and (b) liens of  landlords  and
liens of carriers, warehousemen,  mechanics and materialmen and other like liens
arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due and payable.

             "EXCLUDED  ASSETS" shall mean the following  assets of CTU: (a) all
cash, cash equivalents and bank accounts; (b) all Tax files and returns,  minute
books and corporate  seals; (c) all assets of CTU of every kind and description,
tangible or intangible,  which are not related exclusively to the Business;  (d)
all Insurance Policies not assigned to Newco pursuant to this Agreement; (e) all
refunds of any Tax for which CTU is liable  pursuant  to Section  6.05;  and (f)
CTUs employee benefit  agreements,  plans or arrangements  maintained by CTU or
its affiliates on behalf of Persons employed by CTU or its affiliates.

             "FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT" shall mean all of the furniture, fixtures,
furnishings,  machinery and equipment, spare parts, supplies, vehicles and other
tangible personal property owned by CTU and used exclusively in the Business.

                                        -3-
<PAGE>

             "HEI  LEASE"  shall mean that  certain  real  property  lease dated
December 30, 1996, between CTU and Huron Education, Inc.

             "HURON  LETTER"  shall  mean all of  CTUs  rights,  to the  extent
assignable,  under that certain letter dated December 30, 1996, from the City of
Huron to CTU  regarding the City of Hurons  commitment to contribute  funds for
the abatement of asbestos and environmental problems at the Real Property.

             "HURON UNIVERSITY" OR "INSTITUTION"  shall mean Huron University in
Huron, South Dakota.

             "INSURANCE  POLICIES"  shall mean with respect to CTU the insurance
policies  relating to the Assets and that certain key-man life insurance  policy
on the life of David ODonnell.

             "INVENTORY" shall mean all of CTUs inventory and supplies utilized
exclusively  in the Business and all other  materials  utilized  exclusively  in
connection with the Assets.

             "LEASES" shall mean all of the leases of CTU or other agreements or
rights  under  which CTU is a lessee of, or holds or  operates,  any  machinery,
equipment,  vehicle or other tangible  personal property owned by a third Person
and used exclusively in the Business.

             "MISCELLANEOUS  ASSETS" shall mean all employee records relating to
those employees to be employed by Newco or HUI as of the Closing; all accounting
information pertaining to the continued operations of the Business and all media
in which or on which any of the  information,  knowledge,  data or other records
relating to the Assets may be related or stored;  all computer software relating
to  accounting  and  operations  systems;  all  office and other  supplies;  all
warranties,  claims  and  causes  of  action  (and  the  benefit  of any and all
collateral or security given in connection  therewith) inuring to the benefit of
CTU relating exclusively to the Assets; and all other assets used exclusively in
connection  with the Business not otherwise  described in this  Agreement of any
character  whatsoever,  whether  personal,  tangible  or  intangible,   wherever
located, owned by CTU and related exclusively to the Business.

             "NCA" shall mean the North  Central  Association  of  Colleges  and
Schools.

             "OTHER RIGHTS" shall mean all assignable or conveyable rights under
licenses,  permits,  approvals,  qualifications or the like relating directly to
the Business issued or to be issued prior to the Closing by any government or by
any governmental unit, agency, body or instrumentality  whether Federal,  State,
local, foreign or other.

             "PERMITS" shall mean all licenses,  permits and other  governmental
authorizations necessary to carry on the Business as presently conducted.

             "PERSON" means any individuals,  partnership,  corporation, limited
liability  company,   business  trust,   joint  stock  company,   unincorporated
association, joint venture, or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

             "QUALIFIED  PARTY"  shall  mean any  Person  that does not meet the
criteria set forth in 34 C.F.R. 668.15(c).

             "REAL PROPERTY" shall mean the real property leased to CTU pursuant
to the HEI Lease.

                                        -4-

<PAGE>

             "SOFTWARE  LICENSE"  shall  mean  CTUs  right  to use the  Solomon
general ledger software.

             "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean any  Person in which  Newco  directly  or
indirectly owns any equity interest.

             "TAX" OR "TAXES" shall mean all federal,  state, local, foreign and
other  taxes,  assessments  or  other  government  charges,  including,  without
limitation, income, estimated income, business, occupation, franchise, property,
sales,  transfer,  use,  employment,   commercial  rent  or  withholding  taxes,
including interest, penalties and additions in connection therewith.

             "TITLE IV PROGRAMS"  shall mean the  Programs of Student  Financial
Assistance  in effect  under Title IV of the Higher  Education  Act of 1965,  as
amended.


                                   ARTICLE II
                             CONTRIBUTION OF ASSETS

     SECTION 2.01.  CONTRIBUTION OF ASSETS;  ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN  LIABILITIES.
Upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  herein set forth,  on the Closing
Date:

             (a) CTU shall contribute,  convey, transfer, assign, and deliver to
Newco, and Newco shall acquire from CTU, the Assets.

             (b)  Newco  shall  assume  and  agree to  discharge  the  following
obligations and liabilities of CTU (the "Assumed Liabilities"):

                  (i)  All  liabilities,  obligations  and  commitments  of  CTU
                  pursuant to the Contracts of CTU (including  unearned  tuition
                  and the obligation to teach),  except to the extent a Contract
                  is not assignable pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (ii) all  liabilities  in  respect  of Taxes of CTU for  which
                  Newco is liable pursuant to Section 6.05;

                  (iii) all liabilities and obligations  related to,  associated
                  with  or  arising  out of  the  occupancy,  operation,  use or
                  control of the Real Property  (including,  without limitation,
                  all   facilities,   improvements,   structures  and  equipment
                  thereon, surface water thereon or adjacent thereto and soil or
                  groundwater  thereunder) or any conditions  whatsoever on, in,
                  at, under or in the vicinity of such Real Property;

                  (iv)  all  Title  IV   liabilities   assessed   against  Huron
                  University  by ED as a result of CTUs  operation  of Title IV
                  Programs,  including  liabilities  arising from  financial aid
                  audits; and

                  (v)  all   obligations   and  liabilities  of  CTU  under  all
                  outstanding  indebtedness  of CTU  relating  to the  Business,
                  including  indebtedness  outstanding  under  CTUs  loan  from
                  Pueblo Bank in the original  principal  amount of $1.5 million
                  and CTUs loan from BankOne in the orignial  principal  amount
                  of $200,000, and all trade payables of the Business; and

                                        -5-

<PAGE>
                  (vi) all other  obligations  and liabilities of CTU related to
                  or  arising  out of the  operation  of the  Business,  whether
                  arising prior to the Closing Date or otherwise, whether direct
                  or indirect, known or unknown, absolute or contingent.


     SECTION 2.02. EXCLUDED LIABILITIES. Newco shall not assume, or otherwise be
responsible  for, any of the following  liabilities  or  obligations of CTU (the
"Excluded Liabilities"):

                  (i) all  liabilities  in  respect  of Taxes  for  which CTU is
                  liable pursuant to Section 6.05;

                  (ii) all  liabilities  or  obligations  in respect of Excluded
                  Assets;

                  (iii)  all  intercompany  payables  and other  liabilities  or
                  obligations of the Business to any affiliates of CTU; and

                  (iv)  Title  IV  liabilities   owed  by  CTU  to  ED  for  the
                  administration  of Title IV programs at the Institution in the
                  periods  of 1994  through  1996 for which EIEA  America,  Inc.
                  and/or Lansdowne University, Ltd. have established a Letter of
                  Credit with Farmers and Merchants Bank to reimburse CTU.

     SECTION 2.03.  ADDITIONAL  CAPITAL  CONTRIBUTIONS.  CTU shall contribute to
Newco as additional  capital  contributions:  (i) Five Hundred  Thousand Dollars
($500,000)  in cash or bank check at the Closing (the Cash  Amount),  and (ii)
within  forty-five  days (45) after the Closing Date, an additional  cash amount
(Pre-Paid  Cash) equal to the difference  between the amount of cash collected
from  students of the Business  which is unearned as of the Closing Date and the
amount of accounts  receivable  of the Business  related to the term in progress
which have been earned by the Business through the Closing Date (the Cash Amount
and  the  Pre-  Paid  Cash  being  collectively  referred  to  as  the  Capital
Contribution).  CTU and  Newco  shall  cooperate  to  determine  the  amount of
Pre-Paid  Cash from the Books and  Records  of CTU.  CTU shall  receive a credit
against the Capital Contribution otherwise due pursuant to this Section 2.03 for
the full amount paid by CTU as Newco Fees (as defined herein).

     SECTION 2.04.  CONSIDERATION.  Newco shall issue to CTU units of capital of
Newco which will  represent  19.9% of the total  outstanding  limited  liability
company interests in Newco on the Closing Date (the LLC Units).  The LLC Units
will have a  liquidation  preference  equal to the sum of $3.3  million  and the
Capital  Contribution,  less the  amount  of  assumed  liabilities  set forth on
Schedule 2.04 (the Liquidation Preference).

     SECTION 2.05.  ALLOCATION  OF  CONSIDERATION.  At the Closing,  the parties
hereto shall  allocate the value of the LLC Units among the Assets in accordance
with Schedule 2.05 hereto. The parties hereto shall (a) prepare all required tax
returns and reports in a manner that is  consistent  with such  allocation,  (b)
file Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 in such manner,  and (c) not voluntarily
take  any  position  inconsistent  therewith  upon  examination  of any such tax
return, in any refund claim, in any litigation or otherwise with respect to such
income tax returns.

                                        -6-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     CLOSING

     SECTION 3.01.  CLOSING.  Upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  set
forth  herein,  the  closing  of  the  transactions   contemplated  herein  (the
"Closing") shall be held  [____________]  at 10:00 a.m. local time or such other
day when all of the  conditions set forth in Articles VII and VIII are satisfied
(the  "Closing  Date") at the  offices  of  Churchill  Manolis  Freeman  Kludt &
Shelton,  333 Dakota Avenue South, 2nd Floor, Huron, South Dakota,  57350 unless
the parties hereto otherwise agree.

     SECTION 3.02. DELIVERIES AT CLOSING.

             (a) INSTRUMENTS AND POSSESSION.  To effect the transfer referred to
in Section 2.01 hereof,  CTU shall, on the Closing Date,  execute and deliver to
Newco:

                  (i) assignment documents,  in form and substance  satisfactory
                  to  Newco,conveying  in the  aggregate  all personal  property
                  included in the  Assets;  and

                  (ii) such other  instruments as shall be reasonably  requested
                  by  Newco  to vest in  Newco  title  in and to the  Assets  in
                  accordance with the provisions hereof.

             (B)  ASSUMPTION  DOCUMENTS.  Upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  contained  herein,  on the Closing  Date,  Newco  shall  execute and
deliver to CTU instruments of assumption  evidencing  Newco's  assumption of the
Assumed Liabilities.

             (c) LLC  CERTIFICATES.  On the Closing Date, Newco shall deliver to
CTU a certificate or certificates representing the LLC Units.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CTU

     CTU hereby  represents and warrants to, and covenants with the HUI Group as
follows:

     SECTION 4.01.  ORGANIZATION AND  CAPITALIZATION.  CTU is a corporation duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of
its incorporation.

     SECTION 4.02.  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  CTU has all requisite  corporate power
and  authority  to own,  lease and  operate  its  properties  and to conduct its
business as presently  conducted and is duly  qualified or licensed as a foreign
corporation in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which the character of its
properties or the nature of its business activities requires such qualification.

     section 4.03.  authority for  agreement.  The Board of Directors of CTU has
approved  this  Agreement  and has  authorized  the  execution  and delivery and
performance  hereof. CTU has full corporate power,  authority and legal right to
enter  into this  Agreement  and to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.  This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of CTU,
enforceable  against CTU in accordance with its terms,  except as enforceability
may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general.

                                        -7-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.04. NO VIOLATION TO RESULT. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.04,
the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby:

             (a) are not in  violation  or breach  of, do not  conflict  with or
constitute a default under,  and will not accelerate or permit the  acceleration
of the  performance  required  by, any of the terms of the charter  documents or
by-laws of CTU or any Contract,  note, debt  instrument,  security  agreement or
mortgage, or any other contract or agreement, written or oral, to which CTU is a
party and which affects any of the Assets;

             (b) will not be an event  which,  after  notice or lapse of time or
both,  will  result  in  any  such  violation,  breach,  conflict,  default,  or
acceleration;

             (c) will not result in a violation under any law, judgment, decree,
order, rule,  regulation,  Permit or other legal requirement of any governmental
authority,  court or arbitration  tribunal whether federal,  state,  provincial,
municipal  or local  (within the U.S.  or  otherwise)  at law or in equity,  and
applicable to CTU; and

             (d)  will not  result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any new
Encumbrance in favor of any Person upon any of the Assets.

     SECTION 4.05.  TAXES.  CTU has, with respect to the Business,  prepared (or
caused to be prepared) and timely and properly filed (or caused to be timely and
properly filed) with the appropriate federal,  state,  provincial,  municipal or
local  authorities  all tax  returns,  information  returns  and  other  reports
required  to be  filed  and has  paid or  accrued  (or  caused  to be so paid or
accrued) in full all Taxes,  if any, due to, or claimed to be due by, any taxing
authority.  With respect to Taxes directly related to the Business,  CTU has not
executed or filed with any taxing  authority any agreement  extending the period
for assessment or collection of such Taxes.

     SECTION 4.07. TITLE TO ASSETS. CTU has good and marketable title to each of
the  Assets  purported  to be  owned  by it,  free  and  clear  of any  and  all
Encumbrances  other than those evidenced by the Assumed  Liabilities.  As of the
Closing  Date,  CTU will  transfer  to Newco good and  marketable  title to such
Assets  purported to be owned by it, free and clear of any and all  Encumbrances
other than Encumbrances evidenced by the Assumed Liabilities.

                                    ARTICLE V
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE HUI GROUP

     HUI, Newco and Member hereby, jointly and severally,  represent and warrant
to, and covenant with, CTU as follows:

     SECTION 5.01. ORGANIZATION AND CAPITALIZATION OF HUI. Each of HUI and Newco
is a  limited  liability  company  duly  formed,  validly  existing  and in good
standing under the laws of the state of South Dakota.

     Section 5.02. Power and Authority.  Each of HUI and Newco has all requisite
power and authority to own,  lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
business as  presently  conducted  and as proposed to be  conducted  and is duly
qualified  or  licensed  as a  foreign  corporation  in  good  standing  in each
jurisdiction  in which the  character  of its  properties  or the  nature of its
business activities requires such qualification.

                                        -8-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.03.  AUTHORITY FOR AGREEMENT.  The Managers of HUI and Newco have
approved  this  Agreement  and have  authorized  the  execution and delivery and
performance  hereof,  including Newcos  obligation to issue and deliver the LLC
Units. Each of HUI and Newco has full power,  authority and legal right to enter
into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This
Agreement  is a legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of HUI,  Newco and Member
enforceable  against  each of them in  accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as
enforceability   may  be   limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights in general.

     SECTION  5.04.  NO VIOLATION TO RESULT.  The execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby:

             (a) are not in  violation  or breach  of, do not  conflict  with or
constitute a default under,  and will not accelerate or permit the  acceleration
of the performance required by, any of the terms of the articles of organization
or operating  agreement of HUI or Newco or any note, debt  instrument,  security
agreement or mortgage,  or any other contract or agreement,  written or oral, to
which HUI, Newco or Member is a party or by which HUI, Newco or Member or any of
their respective properties or assets are bound;

             (b) will not be an event  which,  after  notice or lapse of time or
both,  will  result  in  any  such  violation,  breach,  conflict,  default,  or
acceleration;

             (c) will not result in violation under any law,  judgment,  decree,
order,  rule,   regulation  or  other  legal  requirement  of  any  governmental
authority,  court or arbitration  tribunal whether federal,  state,  provincial,
municipal  or local  (within the U.S.  or  otherwise)  at law or in equity,  and
applicable to either HUI, Newco or Member; and

             (d)  will  not  result  in  the  creation  or   imposition  of  any
Encumbrance  in favor of any Person upon any of the  properties or assets of HUI
or Newco.

     SECTION  5.05.  CAPITALIZATION.  As of the date hereof,  all of the limited
liability  company  interests in Newco are owned and held,  beneficially  and of
record,  by Member and all of the limited liability company interests in HUI are
owned and held  beneficially and of record and at the Closing Date will be owned
and  held,  beneficially  and of  record,  by  Newco.  The  amount of cash and a
description  and statement of the agreed value of the other property or services
contributed  by  Member  and Newco and which  Member  and Newco  have  agreed to
contribute to Newco and HUI, respectively, is set forth on SCHEDULE 5.05. Except
as set forth on Schedule 5.05 or otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  (a) no
subscription,  warrant, option, convertible security or other rights (contingent
or otherwise) or commitments of any character to purchase or acquire any limited
liability  company  interests of Newco or HUI is authorized or outstanding,  (b)
neither Newco nor HUI has any obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to issue any
subscription,  warrant,  option,  convertible security or other such right or to
issue or distribute to holders of any limited  liability  company  interests any
evidences of  indebtedness  or assets of Newco or HUI, and (c) neither Newco nor
HUI  has any  obligation  (contingent  or  otherwise)  to  purchase,  redeem  or
otherwise  acquire any of its limited  liability  company interests or any other
interests  therein  or to pay any  dividend  or make any other  distribution  in
respect  thereof.  There are no outstanding or authorized  equity  appreciation,
phantom  interests  or similar  rights with  respect to Newco or HUI. All of the
issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Newco and HUI have
been   and   will   be   offered,   issued   and   sold   by   Newco   and   HUI
in   compliance    with  applicable   federal    and   state   securities  laws.
The    consummation    of      the     transactions     contemplated   in   this

                                        -9-
<PAGE>

agreement will not give rise to any  preemptive  rights or  antidilution  rights
exerciseable by any holder of interests of Newco.

     SECTION 5.06. LLC UNITS. The LLC Units, when issued and delivered  pursuant
to  this  Agreement  will  be  duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully  paid,
nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.  When issued and delivered pursuant
to this Agreement, CTU will receive good title to such LLC Units, free and clear
of all liens,  security  interests,  pledges,  charges,  Encumbrances,  members
agreements  (other than the  operating  agreement  delivered  to CTU) and voting
trusts.

     SECTION 5.07. SUBSIDIARIES.  HUI is the only Subsidiary of Newco. Newco has
good and marketable  title to all of the equity  interests it purports to own of
HUI, free and clear in each case of any Encumbrance, and all such interests have
been duly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.  There are no outstanding
warrants,  options, or other rights or commitments of any character to subscribe
for or purchase from Newco or HUI, or obligating  HUI to issue,  any  additional
equity  interests in HUI or any securities  convertible into or exchangeable for
such equity interests.

     SECTION 5.08. NO PRIOR ACTIVITIES.  Neither Newco nor HUI have incurred any
liabilities  or  obligations,  except those  incurred in  connection  with their
organization or with the negotiation and  consummation of this Agreement and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Neither  Newco nor HUI have  engaged in any
business  or  activities  of any type or kind  whatsoever,  or entered  into any
agreements  with any Person,  and are not subject to or bound by any obligations
or  undertakings  which are not  contemplated  by this  Agreement or incurred in
connection with their incorporation.

     SECTION 5.09.  CHARTER AND BYLAWS. A true and complete copy of the articles
of organization and operating  agreement of Newco and HUI have been delivered to
CTU.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 6.01. ACCESS TO PROPERTIES AND RECORDS.  Member  acknowledges that,
as President of CTU, he is familiar with the  operations  of the  Business,  the
value of the  Assets and the status of the  Assumed  Liabilities  and that he is
familiar  with the financial  condition  and operating  history of the Business.
Nevertheless, CTU hereby authorizes Member, in his capacity as President of CTU,
to afford to the other  officers,  employees,  attorneys,  accountants and other
authorized  representatives  of  Newco,  free  and full  access  to all of CTUs
assets, properties, Books and Records, and employees relative to the Business in
order  to  afford  Newco  as full an  opportunity  of  review,  examination  and
investigation as Newco shall desire to make of the affairs of the Business,  and
Newco shall be permitted to make  extracts  from,  or take copies of, such Books
and Records or other documentation as may be reasonably necessary; and CTU shall
furnish  or cause  to be  furnished  to  Newco  such  reasonable  financial  and
operating data and other  information  about the Business,  which any of Newco's
respective  officers,  employees,  attorneys,  accountants  or other  authorized
representatives   may  request;   provided   Newco  and  its  agents  shall  not
unreasonably interfere with the operations of the Business.

     SECTION 6.02.  PUBLIC  ANNOUNCEMENTS.  Newco and CTU will consult with each
other    with    respect    to  any    announcement   to    the    public     or
any   statement   to   their   employees  (and   students  in  the  case of CTU)
generally  concerning or  relating  to  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.
Prior   to   the   Closing    Date   neither   Newco,   HUI    nor   CTU    will
make  any  announcement to the  public  without the prior written consent of the

                                       -10-

<PAGE>

other,  except  for  announcements  which  CTU  believes  to be  required  by or
advisable under applicable securities laws or stock exchange rules.

     SECTION  6.03.  TRANSFERRED  EMPLOYEES.  Effective as of the Closing  Date,
Newco or HUI shall offer  employment  to all  employees  of the Business who are
employed on the Closing Date,  including those who are on short-term  disability
leave.  CTU shall  cooperate  with Newco and HUI in the orderly  transfer of the
Transferred  Employees  to  Newco  or  HUI,  as  applicable.  As of  11:59  p.m.
immediately  prior to the Closing Date, CTU shall cease all benefit  accruals in
any of its employee  benefit  plans  attributed  to  Transferred  Employees.  In
administering  employee  benefit plans for the  Transferred  Employees after the
Closing Date, Newco or HUI, as applicable will credit each Transferred  Employee
solely for vesting and  eligibility  purposes  with all years of service of such
Transferred  Employee  credited  for such  purpose  with the  Business.  Without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  no waiting period or exclusion from
coverage of any  pre-existing  medical  condition shall apply to the Transferred
Employees'  participation  in any  employee  benefit  plan of Newco  or HUI,  as
applicable,   after  the  Closing  Date  if  such  Transferred  Employee  was  a
participant in CTU's benefit plans for at least thirty days prior to the date of
employment  of such  Transferred  Employee by Newco or HUI.  The parties  hereto
expressly  acknowledge  that CTU shall not be liable for (i) any claims  arising
out of or accruing under any employee benefit plans of HUI or Newco or otherwise
to or in respect of any Transferred Employees terminated by HUI or Newco for any
reason on or after the Closing Date, including without limitation, any severance
benefits or  termination  payments  or (ii) any  liability  triggered  under any
unemployment compensation or other government-mandated  benefits relating to the
termination of any Transferred Employee on or after the Closing Date.

     SECTION 6.04.  SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  The HUI Group hereby jointly and
severally  covenant and agree that all issuances and offers of limited liability
company  interests  or other  securities  of Newco and HUI have been and will be
conducted in  compliance  with  applicable  federal and state  securities  laws.
Member,  Newco and HUI hereby  jointly and severally  indemnify and hold CTU and
its  affiliates  and agents  harmless from and against any and all  liabilities,
losses,  damages,  claims,  costs  and  expenses  arising  out  of or due to the
issuance of any limited liability company interests or other securities of Newco
or HUI.

     SECTION 6.05. TAXES.

             (a) CTU  shall be  liable  for and  shall  pay all  Taxes  (whether
assessed or unassessed)  applicable to the Business or the Assets,  in each case
attributable to periods (or portions  thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing
Date.  Newco  or HUI  shall  pay all  Taxes  (whether  assessed  or  unassessed)
applicable to the Business or the Assets,  in each case  attributable to periods
(or portions  thereof)  beginning  after the Closing Date.  For purposes of this
Section  6.05(a),  any period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date
shall be treated as two partial periods,  one ending on the Closing Date and the
other beginning after the Closing Date.

             (b) Notwithstanding  Section 6.05(a),  any Tax (including,  without
limitation,  a sales  Tax,  use Tax,  real  property  transfer  or gains  Tax or
documentary  stamp Tax)  directly  attributable  to the sale or  transfer of the
Assets shall be paid one-half by CTU and one-half by Newco.  CTU and Newco agree
to timely sign and deliver  such  certificates  or forms as may be  necessary or
appropriate  to establish an exemption  from (or  otherwise  reduce),  or make a
report with respect to, such Taxes.

             (c) CTU or Newco,  as the case may be, shall provide  reimbursement
for   any   Tax   paid   by   one   party   all   or   a   portion   of    which
is   the    responsibility   of  the other party in accordance with the terms of

                                       -11-

<PAGE>

this SECTION  6.05.  Within a  reasonable  time prior to the payment of any said
Tax,  the party  paying such Tax shall give notice to the other party of the Tax
payable and the portion which is the liability of each party,  although  failure
to do so will not relieve the other party from its liability hereunder.

     SECTION 6.06. CONSENTS OF THIRD PARTIES; GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS.

             (a)  Newco,  HUI and CTU will use their  best  efforts  to  secure,
before the Closing Date,  the consent,  approval or waiver,  from any party to a
Contract,  to  assign  or  transfer  any  such  Contract  to  Newco or HUI or to
otherwise  satisfy the  conditions  set forth in SECTION  7.04 and to obtain the
release of CTU from  liability in respect  thereof;  provided  that neither CTU,
Newco,  nor HUI shall have any obligation to offer or pay any  consideration  in
order to obtain any such consents or approvals.

             (b) During the period prior to the Closing Date, CTU, Newco and HUI
shall act diligently and reasonably, and shall cooperate with each other and use
their best efforts to secure any consents and approvals of any  governmental  or
regulatory  authority  required  to be  obtained  by them in order to  assign or
transfer  any  Permits  to Newco or HUI or to  permit  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.07.  RESIGNATION OF MEMBER. Member shall resign,  effective as of
the Closing Date, all positions he holds as either an officer or director of CTU
or MDJB,  Inc.,  and shall serve as President of Newco or HUI and  Chancellor of
Huron University.

     SECTION 6.08. BEST EFFORTS TO OBTAIN  CERTIFICATION AND ACCREDITATION.  The
parties  hereto  shall use  their  best  efforts  to  obtain  Certification  and
Accreditation for Huron University upon the Closing. In this regard, the parties
hereto shall diligently pursue  Certification and Accreditation  through prompt,
timely and complete filings of the requisite documents and properly and promptly
responding  to  inquiries  of the ED and the NCA.  CTU and the HUI  Group  shall
provide  to the ED and  the  NCA,  and to  all  state  regulatory  agencies  and
accrediting bodies, all information  reasonably required or reasonably requested
by any of such  agencies or bodies,  and each of CTU and the HUI Group shall use
their best efforts to satisfy  promptly all  requirements and demands of the ED,
the NCA or any such agency or body  requisite  to  obtaining  Certification  and
Accreditation,  whether  absolute or  provisional.  With  respect to the ED, HUI
shall, as soon as practicable  after execution of this Agreement but in no event
later than June 1, 1999, submit a Preacquisition  Review Application  (PRA) to
the ED for a Preacquisition Review of HUI, as applicable. CTU shall cooperate in
the  preparation  and filing of the PRA and the parties  shall jointly use their
best efforts to obtain from the ED the  responsive  letter  described in SECTION
7.06 herein.

     SECTION 6.09. BEST EFFORTS. Subject to the terms and conditions provided in
this Agreement,  each of the parties shall use its best efforts in good faith to
take or cause to be taken as promptly as practicable all actions that are within
its power to cause to be fulfilled those conditions precedent to its obligations
or  the  obligations  of  the  other  parties  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  that are dependent upon its actions,  including
with respect to the HUI Group,  HUI Groups best efforts to cause the  condition
set forth in SECTION 8.05 to be satisfied.


                                       -12-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                    CONDITIONS TO THE HUI GROUP'S OBLIGATIONS

     All  obligations  of the HUI Group under this  Agreement are subject to the
fulfillment and satisfaction,  prior to or at the time at which the Closing Date
is scheduled to occur, of each of the following conditions precedent, any one or
more of which may be waived by Newco in writing.

     SECTION 7.01.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES TRUE AT THE CLOSING DATE. At
the Closing Date,  the  representations  and warranties of CTU contained in this
Agreement  will be true and correct in all  material  respects at and as of such
time,  and at the Closing Date,  CTU shall have delivered to Newco a certificate
to such effect signed by the President of CTU.

     SECTION  7.02.  CTU'S  PERFORMANCE.  Each of the  obligations  of CTU to be
performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement
shall have been duly performed in all material respects at the Closing Date, and
at the Closing Date,  CTU shall have  delivered to Newco a  certificate  to such
effect signed by the President of CTU

     SECTION 7.03. OPINION OF CTU'S COUNSEL.  Newco shall have been furnished an
opinion  or  opinions  of  counsel  to CTU,  dated  the  Closing  Date,  in form
substantially as set forth on Schedule 7.03 hereto.

     SECTION 7.04.  ASSIGNMENT OF  CONTRACTS.  CTU shall have received  consents
under all material Contracts  comprising the Assets which require the consent of
any Person to the assignment  thereof either by the terms thereof or as a matter
of law for their assumption or performance by Newco or HUI.

     SECTION  7.05.  NCA  ACCREDITATION.  Newco or HUI shall  have  received  an
indication  from NCA that it will grant  institutional  Accreditation  for Huron
University upon the Closing.

     SECTION 7.06.  PREACQUISITION  REVIEW.  Newco or HUI shall have received an
indication  from ED indicating that a  Preacquisition  Review has been completed
and in substance,  indicating that there is nothing in the information submitted
which  would  prevent  the  Institution  from being  recertified  following  the
Closing.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                         CONDITIONS TO CTU'S OBLIGATIONS

     All  obligations of CTU under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment
and satisfaction, prior to or at the time at which the Closing Date is scheduled
to occur, of each of the following  conditions,  any one or more of which may be
waived in writing by CTU.

     SECTION 8.01.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES TRUE AT THE CLOSING DATE. At
the Closing Date, the  representations and warranties of the HUI Group contained
in this Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects at and as of
such  time,  and at the  Closing  Date,  Newco  shall  have  delivered  to CTU a
certificate to such effect signed by the President and Manager of HUI and Newco.

     SECTION 8.02.  NEWCOS AND HUI'S  PERFORMANCE.    Each  of the  obligations
of  Newco   and    HUI  to   be    performed    by   either   of   them   on  or
before  the  Closing   Date  pursuant  to the terms of this Agreement shall have

                                       -13-

<PAGE>

been duly  performed in all material  respects at the Closing  Date,  and at the
Closing Date,  the HUI Group shall have  delivered to CTU a certificate  to such
effect signed by the President of HUI and Newco.

     SECTION  8.03.  OPINION  OF THE HUI  GROUPS  COUNSEL.  CTU shall have been
furnished an opinion or opinions of counsel to the HUI Group,  dated the Closing
Date, in form substantially as set forth on Schedule 8.03 hereto.

     SECTION  8.04.  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS.  Member  shall  have  executed  and
delivered to CTU an amendment to his existing employment  agreement with CTU and
John Zing shall have executed and delivered to CTU an Employment  Agreement with
CTU,  substantially  in the forms  attached as Schedule  8.04A and 8.04B hereto,
providing for Member and Mr. Zing to assist CTU in its management transition and
other operational and strategic matters.

     SECTION 8.05. ADDITIONAL CAPITAL. Newco shall have received commitments, in
form and substance  satisfactory to CTU, to purchase limited  liability  company
interests in Newco in an amount of at least $1.85 million.

     SECTION  8.06.  HEI  LEASE.   CTU  and  its  affiliates   shall  have  been
unconditionally released from all obligations under the HEI Lease.

     SECTION  8.07.  NCA  ACCREDITATION.  Newco or HUI shall  have  received  an
indication  from NCA that it will grant  institutional  Accreditation  for Huron
University upon the Closing.

     SECTION 8.08.  PREACQUISITION  REVIEW.  Newco or HUI shall have received an
indication  from ED that a  Preacquisition  Review  has  been  completed  and in
substance,  indicating that there is nothing in the information  submitted which
would prevent the Institution from being recertified following the Closing.

     SECTION 8.09. LIST OF MEMBERS.  At the Closing Date, Newco shall deliver to
CTU a list, certified by the President and Manager of Newco, identifying (i) the
name and State of residence of each record and beneficial  member of Newco, (ii)
the amount of limited liability company interests each member owns and (iii) the
amount of cash and a description  and statement of the agreed value of the other
property or services contributed by each member and which each member has agreed
to contribute to Newco.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                        PERFORMANCE SUBSEQUENT TO CLOSING

     SECTION  9.01.  COVENANTS OF NEWCO AND HUI PENDING  EXPIRATION OF CONDITION
SUBSEQUENT.  Each of Newco and HUI  covenants  and agrees with CTU that from and
after the Closing and until the  satisfaction  or  expiration  of the  condition
subsequent described in SECTION 9.04 hereof (the Condition  Subsequent) or the
exercise of the  Recission  Right (as  defined in SECTION  9.04  below),  unless
otherwise  agreed in  writing by CTU and  except as set forth on  SCHEDULE  9.01
hereto, it (i) shall not mortgage,  pledge,  assign,  sell or otherwise transfer
any of the Assets  other than in the  ordinary  course of HUI's  business,  (ii)
shall  conduct  the  business,  operations,  activities  and  practices  of  the
Institution and the Business  herein acquired in the usual and ordinary  course,
consistent with past practices, (iii) shall use its best efforts to preserve the
business  organization of the Business intact,  keep available to itself and the
Business   the   services   of   the   Transferred   Employees,   and   preserve
for itself and   CTU  the  goodwill  of  the  suppliers,  students   and  others
with    whom    CTU,   with    respect   to    the    Business,    Newc  or  HUI
has   a    buusiness    relationship,   (iv)   shall   maintain   the   tangible

                                       -14-

<PAGE>

property in the same condition as it now exists,  ordinary usage,  wear and tear
excepted, (v) shall not breach any agreements necessary for its operations,  and
(vi) shall not enter into any contract or commitment  the  performance  of which
may extend beyond the expiration of the Condition Subsequent,  except those made
in the ordinary course of business,  the terms of which are consistent with past
practice.

     SECTION 9.02. FINANCIAL CONDITION.  Until the satisfaction of the Condition
Subsequent  or HUIs  exercise  of the  Rescission  Right,  HUI and Newco  shall
maintain sufficient,  unimpaired equity capital as shall be acceptable to the ED
and other  governmental,  quasi-governmental,  or accrediting agency authorities
including  satisfaction of all applicable financial  responsibility  regulations
and standards,  so as to provide reasonable  assurances that HUI and Newco shall
be financially capable of obtaining HUIs  Accreditations and Certifications and
performing its obligations hereunder.

     SECTION 9.03. ADMINISTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS, ACCREDITATIONS
AND CERTIFICATIONS.  Until the satisfaction of the Condition Subsequent or HUIs
exercise of the Rescission Right, HUI and Newco shall administer and operate the
Institution in accordance  with all material  federal and state laws,  statutes,
rules  and  regulations  and in  accordance  with all  permits,  accreditations,
authorizations and agreements issued by or entered into with any federal,  state
or  local  government,  quasi-governmental  or  accrediting  agency  in any  way
regulating  or otherwise  relating to the  administration  and  operation of the
Institution.  Subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, each of HUI
and Newco shall use its best  efforts to obtain any and all  approvals  from the
ED, any state education  regulatory  authority and any other governmental quasi-
governmental or accrediting  agency that may be necessary or appropriate to vest
in  HUI or  Newco  the  right  and  authority  to  administer  and  operate  the
Institution and to verify HUI or Newco for participation in Title IV Programs in
the same manner and to the same extent as CTU with respect to the Business prior
to the transactions contemplated hereunder.

     SECTION 9.04. CONDITION  SUBSEQUENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF HUI.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if within 90 calendar days
after the Closing Date, the ED fails to grant Certification,  whether absolutely
or provisionally,  for Huron University to participate in the Title IV Programs,
HUI may, at its option,  terminate and rescind this Agreement  (the  Rescission
Right) by giving CTU  written  notice to such  effect,  within 5 days after the
expiration of such period;  provided that such rescission can be and is effected
within 30 days of such  notice  and in a manner so as to  restore  CTUs use and
ownership  of the Business and the Assets in the same state and in the same form
and  character  as it was  immediately  prior to the  Closing  Date  (except for
transactions  occurring  since the Closing Date in accordance  with the covenant
described  in SECTION  9.01 and except  that in the event the Real  Property  is
transferred to a different owner, the parties hereto  acknowledge and understand
that there will be a different  lessor of the Real Property,  but that the terms
and  provisions  of any  lease  of the  Real  Property  to CTU  will  be no less
favorable to CTU than those provided  currently in the HEI Lease) and permit CTU
to operate the Business immediately after the Rescission Date in the same manner
as the Business was conducted by CTU  immediately  prior to the Closing Date. If
subsequent to such election the Institution is recertified,  CTU shall reimburse
HUI for the Title IV Program funds attributable to and received for such period.
Immediately upon triggering the condition  subsequent set forth in this Section,
the parties shall work  cooperatively  and in good faith to rescind the transfer
of the Assets and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities in the manner and to the
extent herein contemplated,  including  immediately seeking reinstitution of all
of  CTU's  Accreditations,   prompt  reconveyance  of  the  Assets  and  Assumed
Liabilities  to CTU,  and  preservation  of the  goodwill of the business of the
Institution.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  upon  any
rescission of the purchase of the Assets pursuant to this Section: (a) CTU shall
deliver to Newco the  certificates  representing the LLC Units; (b) HUI or Newco
shall  pay  to  CTU cash  in   an   amount   equal  to (i) the Cash Amount, plus

                                       -15-

<PAGE>

(ii) an  amount  of cash  equal to the  difference  between  the  amount of cash
collected  from  students  of HUI and Newco which is unearned as of the date the
Assets and Assumed Liabilities are reconveyed (the Rescission Date) (including
Pre-Paid Cash which is unearned,  if any) and the amount of accounts  receivable
of HUI and Newco  related to the term in progress  which have been earned by HUI
or Newco through the  Recission  Date;  and (c) HUI or Newco shall  reconvey the
Assets to CTU.

     SECTION 9.05.  DISBURSEMENT OF TITLE IV FUNDS.  CTU agrees that immediately
prior to the Closing Date, CTU will disburse  Title IV funds in accordance  with
34  C.F.R.    668.26.  Each  of  Newco  and  HUI  expressly  acknowledges  that
documentation  establishing  HUI's or Newcos  eligibility and  certification to
participate  in the programs  administered  under Title IV must be issued by the
U.S.  Department of Education before HUI or Newco may participate in the federal
student financial assistance programs under Title IV.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   TERMINATION

     SECTION 10.01. TERMINATION. Notwithstanding anything herein or elsewhere to
the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to Closing:

             (a) by CTU or Newco if the Closing  Date shall not have taken place
on or prior to December 31, 1999 (the Termination Date); or

             (b) by  CTU  at any  time  in  its  sole  discretion  if any of the
representations  or warranties of the HUI Group in this Agreement are not in all
material  respects  true,  accurate  and  complete  or if any of the  HUI  Group
breaches in any  material  respect any  covenant  contained  in this  Agreement,
provided that such  misrepresentation or breach is not cured within ten business
days after notice thereof, but in any event prior to the Termination Date;

             (c) by  Newco  at any  time in its  sole  discretion  if any of the
representations  or warranties of CTU in this  Agreement are not in all material
respects true,  accurate and complete or if CTU breaches in any material respect
any covenant contained in this Agreement,  provided that such  misrepresentation
or breach is not cured within ten business days after notice thereof, but in any
event prior to the Termination Date;

             (d) by CTU at any time  after  June  30,  1999,  if CTU  reasonably
believes  that  either  the NCA or the ED  will  not  certify  or  accredit  the
Institution at any time or in a timely manner; or

             (e) by CTU at any time  after  June  15,  1999,  if  Newco  has not
received  commitments,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to CTU, to purchase
limited  liability  company  interests  in Newco in an amount of at least  $1.85
million.

             SECTION 10.02. NOTICE; EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  If this Agreement is
terminated  pursuant to Section 10.01,  written notice thereof shall promptly be
given by the party electing such  termination to the other party and, subject to
the  expiration  of the cure periods  provided in clauses (b) and (c) of SECTION
10.01,  if any, this Agreement  shall  terminate  without further actions by the
parties and no party shall have any further  obligations  under this  Agreement;
provided that any termination of this Agreement  pursuant this Section shall not
relieve  any party  from any  liability  for the  breach of any  representation,
warranty   or   covenant   contained   in   this   Agreement   or   be    deemed
to   constitute   a   waiver  of   any   remedy   available  for   such  breach.

                                       -16-

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, the respective obligations of
the parties  under  SECTIONS  11.02,  11.06,  11.09 and 11.10 shall  survive the
termination of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 11.01. SUCCESSORS,  ASSIGNS AND THIRD PARTIES. This Agreement shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective successors and assigns;  provided,  however, that none of the parties
hereto may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest  herein without
the prior  written  consent of the other  parties  hereto  provided that CTU may
trade or assign  all or part of its  interest  in the LLC Units at any time to a
Qualified Party without the consent of any of the HUI Group; provided,  however,
that in the event CTU  desires to sell all or a portion of its  interest  in the
LLC Units to an unaffiliated Person (the Offeree) it shall first offer the HUI
Group the right,  exercisable by written notice to CTU delivered within ten days
after receipt of notice from CTU, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the
offered  LLC Units at the same price and on the same  terms as those  offered to
the  Offeree;  provided,  that the HUI Group  shall  have  thirty  days from the
receipt of the above-referenced  notice from CTU to complete the purchase of the
offered LLC Units.  Except as  provided  herein,  nothing  herein  expressed  or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or give to any Person,
firm or  corporation,  other  than  the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors  and  assigns,  any  rights  or  remedies  under or by reason of this
Agreement.

     SECTION  11.02.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall in all respects be
interpreted,  construed  and  governed by and in  accordance  with the  internal
substantive  laws of the  State  of South  Dakota,  disregarding  principles  of
conflict of laws and the like.

     SECTION 11.03. SEVERABILITY. Each section, subsection and lesser section of
this Agreement constitutes a separate and distinct undertaking,  covenant and/or
provision  hereof.  In the event  that any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall
finally be determined to be unlawful,  such  provision  shall be deemed  severed
from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in
full  force and effect  and such  unlawful  provision  shall be  interpreted  as
closely as possible to the manner in which it was written.

     SECTION 11.04.  CERTAIN WORDS. Words such as "herein,"  "hereof," "hereby,"
"hereunder"  and words of similar  import refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular section or subsection of this Agreement. Whenever the word
"including"  is used  herein,  it shall be  deemed to be  followed  by the words
without limitation.

     SECTION 11.05. NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any
notice,  consent,  or other  communication  required  or  permitted  to be given
hereunder  shall  be in  writing,  delivered  by  certified  mail or a  national
overnight  delivery  services  and  shall be  deemed  to have  been  given  when
received, and shall be addressed as follows:

             (a)      If to the HUI Group:      Huron University
                                                333 Ninth St. SW
                                                Huron, South Dakota 57350
                                                Attn:  Mr. David O'Donnell

                      with a copy to:  Churchill Manolis Freeman Kludt & Shelton

                                       -17-

<PAGE>
                                                P.O. Box 176
                                                Huron, South Dakota  57350
                                                Attn: George Manolis, Esq.

             (b)      If to CTU:                Whitman Education Group
                                                4000 Biscayne Boulevard, 6th Fl.
                                                Miami, Florida 33137
                                                Attn:   Richard B. Salzman, Esq.
                                                        Vice President -
                                                        Legal Affairs and
                                                        General Counsel

                      with a copy to:           Stearns Weaver Miller Weissler
                                                Alhadeff & Sitterson, P.A.
                                                150 West Flagler St., Suite 2200
                                                Miami, Florida 33130
                                                Attn:  Steven D. Rubin, Esq.

or at such other  address or addresses as the party  addressed  may from time to
time  designate in writing.  Any  communication  dispatched by telegram or telex
shall be confirmed by letter.

     SECTION 11.06.  EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise  provided in Article XI, all
legal and other costs and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  herewith  and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall be paid by the  party  incurring  such
expenses;  provided,  however,  that CTU shall pay  reasonable  attorneys  fees
incurred by the HUI Group (the HUI Fees) in connection with this transaction.

     SECTION 11.07. HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are intended solely
for convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     SECTION 11.08. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which shall
constitute the same agreement.

     section 11.09. litigation; prevailing party. In the event of any litigation
with regard to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive
from the non-prevailing party and the non-prevailing party shall pay upon demand
all reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the prevailing
party.

     SECTION 11.10.  INJUNCTIVE  RELIEF. It is possible that remedies at law may
be inadequate and, therefore,  the parties hereto shall be entitled to equitable
relief including, without limitation, injunctive relief, specific performance or
other equitable remedies in addition to all other remedies provided hereunder or
available to the parties hereto at law or in equity.

     SECTION 11.11.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement contains every obligation
and understanding  between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and
merges all prior discussions, negotiations and agreements, if any, between them,
and none of the  parties  shall be  bound  by any  representations,  warranties,
covenants, or other understandings, other than as expressly provided or referred
to herein.


                                       -18-

<PAGE>

     SECTION  11.12.  WAIVER  AND  AMENDMENT.   Any  representation,   warranty,
covenant,  term or condition of this Agreement which may legally be waived,  may
be waived, or the time of performance thereof extended, at any time by the party
hereto  entitled to the benefit  thereof,  and any term,  condition  or covenant
hereof  may be  amended  by the  parties  hereto at any time.  Any such  waiver,
extension or amendment  shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing  executed
on behalf of the  appropriate  party by a person who, to the extent  applicable,
has been authorized by its Board of Directors to execute waivers,  extensions or
amendments  on its behalf.  No waiver by any party  hereto,  whether  express or
implied,  of its rights under any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a
waiver of such  party's  rights  under  such  provisions  at any other time or a
waiver of such party's rights under any other  provision of this  Agreement.  No
failure  by any  party  hereto to take any  action  against  any  breach of this
Agreement  or default by another  party shall  constitute a waiver of the former
party's  right to enforce  any  provision  of this  Agreement  or to take action
against such breach or default or any subsequent breach or default by such other
party.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused their signatures to be
affixed to this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        COLORADO TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY, INC.,
                                        A COLORADO CORPORATION


                                        By:    /s/ RANDY S. PROTO
                                               -------------------------
                                        Name:  Randy S. Proto
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        HURON UNIVERSITY, LLC,
                                        a South Dakota limited liability company


                                        By:    /s/ DAVID O'DONNELL
                                               --------------------------
                                        Name:  David ODonnell
                                        Title: President and Manager


                                        NEWCO, LLC, A SOUTH DAKOTA LIMITED
                                          LIABILITY COMPANY

                                         By:    /s/ DAVID O'DONNELL
                                                --------------------------
                                         Name:  David O'Donnell
                                         Title: President and Manager


                                                /s/ DAVID O'DONNELL
                                                --------------------------
                                                DAVID O'DONNELL, Individually



                                       -19-



Exhibit     10.26

                                FOURTH AMENDMENT
                               TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


          This Fourth Amendment To Credit Agreement (the "Amendment") is entered
into this 2nd day of April, 1999, by and among NATIONSBANK,  N.A., f/k/a Barnett
Bank, N.A., a national banking  corporation  ("Bank");  WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP,
INC., f/k/a Whitman Medical Corp., a Florida corporation  ("Borrower" or "You");
and  PHILLIP  FROST,  M.D.,  an  individual,  (hereinafter  referred  to as  the
"Guarantor").

          WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  entered into a Credit  Agreement  dated
April 11, 1996, as amended by amendment dated August 14th,  1996, and as further
amended by amendment  dated  October 31, 1996 and  amendment  dated May 21, 1997
(collectively  the Credit  Agreement),  pursuant to which the Bank provided to
You a Term Loan in the  principal  amount of  $6,000,000  to refinance  existing
obligations  and a  Revolving  Loan in the  principal  amount of  $7,500,000  to
finance working capital and for general corporate purposes; and

          WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto wish to amend certain  provisions of the
Credit Agreement effective as of April 2, 1999;

          NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          1. Any  capitalized  terms  not  defined  herein  shall  have the same
meaning as given those terms in the Credit Agreement.

          2. Sections 2.1(b) (iii) and (iv) of the Credit  Agreement,  Revolving
Loan, are hereby amended in their entirety and shall read as follows:

               (iii)  PURPOSE.  The proceeds of the REVOLVING LOAN shall be used
for general  corporate  purposes and to finance working  capital,  including for
letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of $1,000,000.  Provided no Event of
Default has occurred  and is  continuing,  the  Borrower  may borrow,  repay and
reborrow  up to an  amount  not to  exceed  at any time  and  from  time to time
$7,500,000 until July 31, 1999.

               (iv)  REPAYMENT.   The  Borrower  agrees  to  pay  the  principal
indebtedness  evidenced by and outstanding under the Revolver Note in full on or
before July 31, 1999.

          3. Section 2.4(a) (v) of the Credit  Agreement,  LIBOR RATE LOANS,  is
hereby amended in its entirety and shall read as follows:

               (v) no Interest  Period for a Revolving  Loan shall extend beyond
July 31,

                                       -1-

<PAGE>

1999;

          4. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and conditions
of the Credit  Agreement  are hereby  restated,  affirmed  and  incorporated  by
reference in their entirety.

          5.  The  Borrower  hereby  certifies  that  the   representations  and
warranties of th Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct
as of the date of this Amendment.

          6. This Amendment  shall be governed by and  interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Florida.

          7. This  Amendment  may be  executed  by one or more of the parties to
this  Amendment  in  any  number  of  separate  counterparts  and  all  of  said
counterparts  taken  together  shall be  deemed to  constitute  one and the same
instrument.

          8.  In   consideration  of  the  amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement
contemplated  hereby,  Borrower  shall pay the  reasonable  fees and expenses of
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Florida counsel to the Bank, incurred in connection
with the  preparation of this  Amendment,  contemporaneously  with the execution
thereof.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed and delivered by the proper and duly authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                            BANK:

                                            NATIONSBANK, N.A.


                                            By:  /S/ BARBARA BALTER
                                            -----------------------------
                                            Name: Barbara Balter
                                            Title: Senior Vice President

                                            BORROWER:

                                            WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.

                                            By: /S/ RANDY S. PROTO
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Randy S. Proto
                                                President

          GUARANTOR hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Continuing Unlimited
Guarantee,  dated April 23, 1996, executed by Guarantor for the benefit of Bank,
extends to the Credit Agreement,  as amended hereby, and all indebtedness now or
hereafter  outstanding  under the  Amended,  Restated and  Consolidated  Renewal
Revolver Note dated April 2, 1999.

                                              GUARANTOR:


                                              /S/ PHILLIP FROST, M.D.
                                              -------------------------------
                                              PHILLIP FROST, M.D.



                                       -3-



Exhibit    10.27

                       AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED
                              RENEWAL REVOLVER NOTE

$7,500,000.00                                                    April 2, 1999

          FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC.,  f/k/a Whitman
Medical Corp., a Florida corporation ("Borrower"),  promises to pay to the order
of

                                NATIONSBANK, N.A.

a national banking corporation  ("Lender")  (successor by merger), the principal
sum of

                   SEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

and the Borrower further promises to pay to the Lender interest monthly,  on the
30th day of each month,  until repaid in full, on the principal amount evidenced
hereby  and from  time to time  outstanding  at a rate per annum  determined  in
accordance with the Credit Agreement (as defined below). The rate of interest to
be  applied  and the  amount of  interest  to be paid on the  daily  outstanding
balance of principal  evidenced hereby shall be calculated on an assumed year of
360 days for the number of days actually elapsed.

          The  Borrower  agrees to pay the  outstanding  principal  indebtedness
evidence by this note in full on July 31, 1999.  All advances made  hereunder by
the Lender to the Borrower and all payments made on account of principal  hereof
shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to transfer  hereof,  endorsed on the
grid attached hereto.

          The Borrower further promises and agrees that:

          1. This Note is the Revolver Note referred to in, and is entitled to
the benefits of, that certain Credit  Agreement,  dated as of April 11, 1996, as
amended by  amendment  dated August 14,  1996,  as further  amended by amendment
dated  October  31, 1996 and  amendment  dated May 21,  1997,  and as amended by
amendment of even date herewith  (collectively,  the Credit Agreement),  among
the Lender, the Borrower and the Guarantor,  the terms of which are incorporated
herein by this  reference  as if fully set forth  herein.  Provided  no Event of
Default has occurred  and is  continuing,  the  Borrower may borrow,  prepay and
reborrow provided the aggregate  principal amount  outstanding from time to time
and at any time does nor exceed $7,500,000.00.

          2. This Borrower shall be in default under the terms of this note upon
the occurrence and  continuation of an Event of Default as defined and described
in the Credit Agreement.



                                       -1-

<PAGE>

          3. At any time after the occurrence and  continuation  of any Event of
Default,  the indebtedness  evidenced by this note and / or any note(s) or other
obligation(s)  which  may be  taken  in  renewal,  extension,  substitution,  or
modification of all or any part of the  indebtedness  evidenced  thereby and all
other Obligations of the Borrower to the Lender,  howsoever created and existing
under the  Credit  Agreement  or  otherwise,  shall  immediately  become due and
payable  without demand upon or notice to the Borrower,  and the Lender shall be
entitled to exercise the other remedies set forth in the Credit Agreement or as
otherwise provided at law or in equity.

          4. Upon the  occurrence  and  during the  continuance  of any Event of
Default,  the Lender is authorized,  without further notice to the Borrower (the
giving of notice being  expressly  waived by the  Borrower) to set off and apply
any  indebtedness  owing by the Lender to the Borrower  against the indebtedness
evidenced by this note, although then contingent or unmatured. The Lender agrees
to notify the Borrower after any such setoff and application; provided, however,
the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and
application.  The rights of the Lender under this Paragraph 4 are in addition to
any other rights and remedies which the Lender may have.

          5. The  Lender  may  transfer  this note and the  transferee(s)  shall
thereupon  become vested with all the powers,  rights,  and  obligations  herein
given to the Lender with respect  thereto;  and the Lender shall  thereafter  be
forever  relieved and fully discharged from any liability or  responsibility  in
the matter.

          6. The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment,  demand, notice
of dishonor  and protest  and agrees that (i) any right of setoff  securing  any
indebtedness evidenced by this note may, from time to time, in whole or in part,
be  exchanged  or  released,  and any  person  liable on or with  respect to the
indebtedness  evidenced by this note may be released -- all without notice to or
further  reservations  of rights against the Borrower,  any indorser,  surety or
guarantor and all without in any way affecting or releasing the liability of the
Borrower,  any  indorser,  surety  or  guarantor;  and (ii) none of the terms or
provisions of this note may be waived,  altered,  modified or amended  except as
the Lender may consent thereto in writing.

          7. In the event of any litigation  involving this note, the prevailing
party shall be entitled to collect  reasonable  attorneys  fees,  out-of-pocket
expenses,  and court costs. As used in this note, the term,  attorneys  fees,
shall mean  reasonable  charges  and  expenses  for legal  services at the trial
and/or   appellate  level  and/or  in  pre-  and   post-judgment  or  bankruptcy
proceedings.

          8. Both principal and interest of this note shall be payable in lawful
currency of the United  States of America to the Lender at 701 Brickell  Avenue,
Miami,  Florida  33131 or at such other place or to such other  person as may be
designated in writing by the Lender,  in immediately  available (same day) funds
without  deduction  for or on account of any present or future  taxes  levied or
imposed   on   this   note,   the   proceeds    hereof,  or   on   the  Borrower
or    holder    hereof   by   any    government,  or    any     instrumentality,
authority   or   political    subdivision   thereof.      The  Borrower  agrees,

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

upon the  request of the Lender,  to pay all such taxes  (other than taxes on or
measured by net income of the holder  hereof) in addition to the  principal  and
interest evidenced by this note.

          9. Any   installment   of   principal   and/or   interest    evidenced
by   this   note   which  is   not  paid   on   the   day    when  such  payment
is    scheduled   to   be    made,   regardless   of    whether   or   not   the
Lender has accelerated  payment of any or all sums outstanding  under this note,
shall bear  interest  from the day when due  (including  any grace period) until
said amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all
times to the sum of (i) the rate otherwise  applicable  hereunder plus (ii) four
percent (4%).

          10.  This note  shall be  deemed to have been made  under and shall be
governed  by the laws of the  State of  Florida  in all  respects  except  as to
interest  rates  and  other  terms of  lending  which,  by  virtue  of a federal
preemption or, at the election of the Lender, are or may be governed by the laws
of  the  United  States,  including  matters  of  construction,   validity,  and
performance.  If any provision of this note shall be deemed  unenforceable under
applicable law, such provision  shall be ineffective,  but only to the extent of
such  unenforceability,  without invalidating the remainder of such provision or
the  remaining  provisions of this note. If more than one person signs this note
as a maker,  each shall be jointly and severally  liable  hereunder.  All of the
terms and  provisions  of this note shall be  applicable  to and be binding upon
each and every maker, indorser,  surety, guarantor, all other persons who are or
may  become   liable  for  the  payment   hereof  and  their   heirs,   personal
representatives, successors or assigns.

          11. This note amends and restates that certain  Amended,  Restated and
Consolidated  Renewal  Revolver  Note  dated  as of May 21,  1997,  executed  by
Borrower to the order of Lender,  which  previous  note had  amended,  restated,
consolidated  and renewed (a) that  Revolver  Note dated April 11, 1996,  in the
principal amount of $2,500,000.00,  executed by Borrower to the order of Barnett
Bank of South  Florida,  N.A., (b) that Revolver Note dated October 31, 1996, in
the  principal  amount of  $3,000,000.00  executed  by  Borrower to the order of
Lender,  and (c) that certain  Revolver Note dated May 21, 1997 in the principal
amount of $2,000,000 executed by Borrower to the order of Lender.

          12. THE BORROWER,  AND THE LENDER IN ACCEPTING  DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE,
HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE
TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY  LITIGATION  BASED ON THIS NOTE OR THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS NOTE,  THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT  OR ANY  OTHER  AGREEMENT  SIGNED  OR  CONTEMPLATED  TO BE  SIGNED  IN
CONJUNCTION  HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT,  COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENTS
(WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY OR THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES  OR AGENTS  THEREOF.  THE  INCLUDING  OF THIS  PROVISION IS A MATERIAL
INDUCEMENT TO THE LENDER TO EXTEND CREDIT TO THE BORROWER.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                                             WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.


                                             /s/ RICHARD B. SALZMAN
                                             ------------------------------
                                             By:    Richard B. Salzman
                                             Title: Vice President


STATE OF ______       )
                      ) SS.
COUNTY OF _______     )

          The foregoing Amended, Restated and Consolidated Renewal Revolver Note
was  acknowledged  was  before  me this day of  April,  1999 by , as of  WHITMAN
EDUCATION GROUP, INC., a Florida _________________ corporation. He/She:

                  ________ is personally known to me, or
                  ________ produced as _______________ identification.



                                              ______________________________
                                              NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires:                        Printed Name of Notary:


                                      -4-


Exhibit  10.28

                                 FIFTH AMENDMENT
                               TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
                               -------------------


          This Fifth Amendment To Credit Agreement (the  "Amendment") is entered
into this 28th day of May, 1999, by and among  NATIONSBANK,  N.A., f/k/a Barnett
Bank, N.A., a national banking  corporation  ("Bank");  WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP,
INC., f/k/a Whitman Medical Corp., a Florida corporation  ("Borrower" or "You");
and  PHILLIP  FROST,  M.D.,  an  individual,  (hereinafter  referred  to as  the
"Guarantor").

          WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  entered into a Credit  Agreement  dated
April 11, 1996, as amended by amendment dated August 14th,  1996, and as further
amended by amendment  dated October 31, 1996,  amendment dated May 21, 1997, and
amendment dated April 2, 1999 (collectively the "Credit Agreement"), pursuant to
which the Bank provided to You a Term Loan in the principal amount of $6,000,000
to refinance  existing  obligations and a Revolving Loan in the principal amount
of $7,500,000 to finance working capital and for general corporate purposes; and

          WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto wish to amend certain  provisions of the
Credit Agreement effective as of May 28th, 1999;

          NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          1. Any  capitalized  terms  not  defined  herein  shall  have the same
meaning as given those terms in the Credit Agreement.

          2. Sections  2.1(b)(iv) of the Credit  Agreement,  Revolving  Loan, is
hereby amended in its entirety and shall read as follows:

               (iv) REPAYMENT.  The Borrower agrees to pay all revolving  credit
advances outstanding under the Revolver Note in full on or before July 31, 1999.
Once all  revolving  credit  advances  have been paid in full,  (1) the Borrower
shall have no  liability  hereunder  except  for  reimbursement  obligations  in
connection  with the  letters of credit  issued  prior to the date hereof by the
Bank for the Borrower or its subsidiaries  under this Credit  Agreement,  as set
forth on Schedule A hereto  (the  "Letters of  Credit"),  and (2) no  additional
revolving  credit advances shall be made hereunder except in connection with the
Letters of Credit.  The  Borrower  agrees to  reimburse  to the Bank any amounts
drawn under the Letters of Credit on demand and otherwise in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth herein. The Borrower may, at its option,  provide
full cash  collateral to the Bank for the full amount and term of the Letters of
Credit,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the Bank, in order to obtain a
release of the Guarantor from its obligations hereunder.


                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>

          3. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and conditions
of the Credit  Agreement  are hereby  restated,  affirmed  and  incorporated  by
reference in their entirety.

          4.  The  Borrower  hereby  certifies  that  the   representations  and
warranties  of the  Borrower  set  forth in the  Credit  Agreement  are true and
correct as of the date of this Amendment.

          5. The Guarantor  hereby  acknowledges  and agrees that the Continuing
Unlimited Guarantee, dated April 23, 1996, executed by Guarantor for the benefit
of  Bank,  extends  to  the  Credit  Agreement,   as  amended  hereby,  and  all
indebtedness  now or  hereafter  outstanding  under the  Amended,  Restated  and
Consolidated  Renewal  Revolver Note dated April 2, 1999,  including any amounts
that are or will become due and payable to Bank in  connection  with the Letters
of Credit set forth on Schedule A hereto.  The Bank agrees that it will  release
the Guarantor from its obligations  hereunder if the Borrower  provides the Bank
with cash collateral,  on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Bank, for the
full amount and term of the obligations under the Letters of Credit.

          6. This Amendment  shall be governed by and  interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Florida.

          7. This  Amendment  may be  executed  by one or more of the parties to
this  Amendment  in  any  number  of  separate  counterparts  and  all  of  said
counterparts  taken  together  shall be  deemed to  constitute  one and the same
instrument.

          8.  In   consideration  of  the  amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement
contemplated  hereby,  Borrower  shall pay the  reasonable  fees and expenses of
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Florida counsel to the Bank, incurred in connection
with the  preparation of this  Amendment,  contemporaneously  with the execution
thereof.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed and delivered by the proper and duly authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                            BANK:

                                            NATIONSBANK, N.A.


                                            By:  /s/ CHERYL R. MONCURE
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 Name: Cheryl R. Moncure
                                                 Title: Senior Vice President

                                            BORROWER:

                                            WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC.


                                            By:  /s/ RANDY S. PROTO
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 Randy S. Proto
                                                 President

                                            GUARANTOR:

                                                 /s/ PHILLIP FROST, M.D.
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 Phillip Frost, M.D.


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   ----------

     Letters of Credit issued by the Bank for the Borrower or its subsidiaries
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (A) L/C Number M525917, dated May 13, 1998, in the amount of $65,116.28 for
beneficiary Aetna Real Estate Associates,  L.P. (for applicant Whitman Education
Group),

     (B) L/C Number 973442, dated October 30, 1998, in the amount of $27,000 for
beneficiary  U.S.  Department of Education (for applicant  Ultrasound  Technical
Services, Inc.),

     (C) L/C Number  973443,  dated  October 30, 1998, in the amount of $135,000
for beneficiary U.S. Department of Education (for applicant Ultrasound Technical
Services, Inc.),

     (D) L/C Number 973444, dated October 30, 1998, in the amount of $78,000 for
beneficiary  U.S.  Department of Education (for applicant  Ultrasound  Technical
Services, Inc.),

     (E) L/C Number 973445, dated October 30, 1998, in the amount of $50,000 for
beneficiary  U.S.  Department of Education  (for  applicant  Colorado  Technical
University), and

     (F) L/C Number  514222,  dated April 8, 1996, in the amount of $465,000 for
beneficiary   Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  (for  applicants  Whitman
Education Group and Ultrasound Technical Services).



                                      - 4 -



Exhibit     10.29

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


Security  Agreement  ("Agreement")  dated as of May 20, 1999, between ULTRASOUND
TECHNICAL  SERVICES,  INC. D/B/A ULTRASOUND  DIAGNOSTIC  SCHOOLS,  a corporation
organized  and  existing  under  the laws of the  State of New York  having  its
principal  office  at 4400  Biscayne  Boulevard,  6th  Floor,  Miami,  FL  33137
("Grantor"),  and MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS  FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., a corporation
organized  and  existing  under the laws of the  State of  Delaware  having  its
principal office at 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60601 ("MLBFS").

In order to induce  MLBFS to  extend or  continue  to extend  credit to  WHITMAN
EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC.  D/B/A  WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP AND ALSO F/K/A WHITMAN
MEDICAL CORPORATION ("Customer"), under the Loan Agreement (as defined below) or
otherwise,  and for other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Grantor hereby agrees with MLBFS as
follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

(a) SPECIFIC  TERMS.  In addition to terms defined  elsewhere in this Agreement,
when used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) "Account  Debtor" shall mean any party who is or may become  obligated  with
respect to an Account or Chattel Paper.

(ii) "Bankruptcy Event" shall mean any of the following:  (A) a proceeding under
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt or
receivership  law or  statute  shall be  filed or  consented  to by  Grantor  or
Customer;  or (B) any such proceeding shall be filed against Grantor or Customer
and shall not be dismissed or withdrawn within sixty (60) days after filing;  or
(C)  Grantor or  Customer  shall make a general  assignment  for the  benefit of
creditors;  or (D) Grantor or Customer  shall  generally fail to pay or admit in
writing  its  inability  to pay its debts as they  become due; or (E) Grantor or
Customer shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent.

     "Business  Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday,  federal
holiday or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is regularly closed.

(iii)  "Collateral"  shall mean all Accounts,  Chattel Paper,  Contract  Rights,
Inventory,   Equipment,   Fixtures,   General  Intangibles,   Deposit  Accounts,
Documents,  Instruments,  Financial  Assets and Investment  Property of Grantor,
howsoever  arising,  whether  now owned or  existing  or  hereafter  acquired or
arising, and wherever located;  together with all parts thereof (including spare
parts), all accessories and accessions thereto, all books and records (including
computer  records)  directly related thereto,  all proceeds thereof  (including,
without  limitation,  proceeds in the form of Accounts and insurance  proceeds),
and the additional collateral described in Section 7 (b) hereof.

(iv) "Default" shall mean an "Event of Default", as defined in Section 6 hereof,
or any event which with the giving of notice,  passage of time,  or both,  would
constitute such an Event of Default.

(v) "Loan  Agreement"  shall mean that certain WCMA LOAN AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT
No.  79D-07257  between Customer and MLBFS, as the same may from time to time be
or have been amended, restated, extended or supplemented.

(vi)  "Location  of Tangible  Collateral"  shall mean the address of Grantor set
forth at the  beginning of this  Agreement,  together  with any other address or
addresses  set forth on any  exhibit  hereto  as being a  Location  of  Tangible
Collateral.

     "Obligations"   shall  mean  all   liabilities,   indebtedness   and  other
obligations  of  Customer  or Grantor to MLBFS,  howsoever  created,  arising or
evidenced,  whether  now  existing  or  hereafter  arising,  whether  direct  or
indirect,  absolute   or   contingent,  due   or   to   become   due,    primary
or   secondary  or  joint or several, and, without limiting the foregoing, shall

                                        -1-

<PAGE>

include  interest  accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy,  and
all present and future  liabilities,  indebtedness  and  obligations of Customer
under the Loan Agreement and the agreements,  instruments and documents executed
pursuant thereto, and of Grantor under this Agreement.

     "Permitted Liens" shall mean with respect to the Collateral:  (A) liens for
current  taxes not  delinquent,  other  non-  consensual  liens  arising  in the
ordinary  course of  business  for sums not due,  and,  if MLBFS'  rights to and
interest in the Collateral are not  materially and adversely  affected  thereby,
any such liens for taxes or other  non-consensual  liens arising in the ordinary
course of business being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (B)
liens in favor of MLBFS; and (C) any other liens expressly  permitted in writing
by MLBFS.

(b) OTHER TERMS.  Except as  otherwise  defined  herein,  all terms used in this
Agreement which are defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code of Illinois  ("UCC")
shall have the meanings set forth in the UCC.

2. COLLATERAL

(a) PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL.  To secure payment and performance of the Obligations,
Grantor hereby pledges, assigns, transfers and sets over to MLBFS, and grants to
MLBFS a first  lien and  security  interest  in and upon all of the  Collateral,
subject only to Permitted Liens.

(b) LIENS.  Except upon the prior  written  consent of MLBFS,  Grantor shall not
create or permit to exist any lien,  encumbrance  or security  interest  upon or
with  respect  to any  Collateral  now owned or  hereafter  acquired  other than
Permitted Liens.

(c)  PERFORMANCE OF  OBLIGATIONS.  Grantor shall perform all of its  obligations
owing on account of or with respect to the Collateral in all material  respects;
it being  understood  that nothing  herein,  and no action or inaction by MLBFS,
under this Agreement or otherwise, shall be deemed an assumption by MLBFS of any
of Grantor's said obligations.

(d) NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.  Grantor shall give MLBFS immediate  notice of any
attachment,  lien, judicial process, encumbrance or claim affecting or involving
$25,000.00 or more of the Collateral.

(e)  INDEMNIFICATION.  Grantor shall  indemnify,  defend and save MLBFS harmless
from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, expenses (including, without
limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses),  demands,  liabilities,
penalties,  fines and forfeitures of any nature whatsoever which may be asserted
against or incurred by MLBFS  arising out of or in any manner  occasioned by (i)
the ownership,  use, operation,  condition or maintenance of any Collateral,  or
(ii) any  failure  by  Grantor  to  perform  any of its  obligations  hereunder;
excluding,  however,  from said indemnity any such claims,  losses, etc. arising
out of the  willful  wrongful  act or active  gross  negligence  of MLBFS.  This
indemnity  shall survive the  expiration or  termination of this Agreement as to
all matters arising or accruing prior to such expiration or termination.

(f)  INSURANCE.  Grantor  shall  insure all of the tangible  Collateral  with an
insurer or insurers  reasonably  acceptable to MLBFS, under a policy or policies
of physical damage insurance  reasonably  acceptable to MLBFS providing that (i)
losses  will be  payable to MLBFS as its  interests  may  appear  pursuant  to a
Lender's Loss Payable endorsement,  and (ii) MLBFS will receive not less than 10
days  prior  written  notice of any  cancellation;  and  containing  such  other
provisions as may be reasonably  required by MLBFS.  Grantor shall maintain such
other  insurance as may be required by law or otherwise  reasonably  required by
MLBFS.  Grantor  shall  furnish  MLBFS with a copy or  certificate  of each such
policy or policies and, prior to any expiration or cancellation, each renewal or
replacement thereof.

(g) EVENT OF LOSS.  Grantor shall at its expense  promptly repair all reasonably
repairable  damage to any  tangible  Collateral.  In the event that any tangible
Collateral is damaged beyond repair,  lost, totally destroyed or confiscated (an
"Event of Loss") and such  Collateral had a value prior to such Event of Loss of
$25,000.00  or more,  then, on or before the first to occur of (i) 90 days after
the occurrence of such Event of Loss, or (ii) 10 Business Days after the date on
which either Grantor or MLBFS shall receive any proceeds of insurance on account
of such  Event  of  Loss,  or any  underwriter  of  insurance  on such  tangible
Collateral  shall advise either Grantor or MLBFS that it disclaims  liability in
respect  of such Event of Loss,  Grantor  shall,  at  Grantor's  option,  either
replace the Collateral subject to such Event of Loss with comparable  Collateral
free of all liens other than  Permitted  Liens (in which event  Grantor shall be
entitled to utilize the  proceeds of  insurance on account of such Event of Loss
for such purpose, and may retain any excess proceeds of such insurance),  or pay
to MLBFS on account  of the Obligations an amount equal to the actual cash value

                                        -2-
<PAGE>

of such  Collateral as determined by either the applicable  insurance  company's
payment (plus any  applicable  deductible)  or, in absence of insurance  company
payment, as reasonably determined by MLBFS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at
the time of  occurrence  of such Event of Loss or any time  thereafter  prior to
replacement  or payment,  as aforesaid,  an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing hereunder,  then MLBFS may at its sole option,  exercisable at
any time while such Event of Default  shall be  continuing,  require  Grantor to
either replace such Collateral or make a payment on account of the  Obligations,
as aforesaid.

(h) SALES AND  COLLECTIONS.  So long as no Event of Default  shall have occurred
and be continuing,  Grantor may in the ordinary course of its business: (i) sell
any  Inventory  normally  held by  Grantor  for sale,  (ii) use or  consume  any
materials  and supplies  normally  held by Grantor for use or  consumption,  and
(iii) collect all of its  Accounts.  Grantor shall take such action with respect
to protection of its Inventory and the other  Collateral  and the  collection of
its Accounts as MLBFS may from time to time reasonably request.

(i) ACCOUNT  SCHEDULES.  Upon the  request of MLBFS,  made now or at any time or
times  hereafter,  Grantor  shall  deliver to MLBFS,  in  addition  to the other
information required hereunder, a schedule identifying, for each Account and all
Chattel  Paper  subject to MLBFS'  security  interests  hereunder,  each Account
Debtor by name and address and amount,  invoice number and date of each invoice.
Grantor shall furnish to MLBFS such additional  information  with respect to the
Collateral,  and  amounts  received  by  Grantor  as  proceeds  of  any  of  the
Collateral, as MLBFS may from time to time reasonably request.

(j)  LOCATION.  Except for  movements  in the ordinary  course of its  business,
Grantor  shall give MLBFS 30 days'  prior  written  notice of the  placing at or
movement of any tangible  Collateral  to any  location  other than a Location of
Tangible  Collateral.  In no event shall  Grantor  cause or permit any  tangible
Collateral  to be removed  from the United  States  without  the  express  prior
written consent of MLBFS.

(k) ALTERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE. Except upon the prior written consent of MLBFS,
Grantor  shall not make or  permit  any  material  alterations  to any  tangible
Collateral which might materially  reduce or impair its market value or utility.
Grantor shall at all times keep the tangible  Collateral  in good  condition and
repair,  reasonable wear and tear obsolescence  excepted, and shall pay or cause
to be paid all  obligations  arising  from the  repair and  maintenance  of such
Collateral, as well as all obligations with respect to each Location of Tangible
Collateral,  except for any such obligations  being contested by Grantor in good
faith by appropriate proceedings.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Grantor represents and warrants to MLBFS that:

(a) GRANTOR.  Grantor is a corporation,  duly organized and validly  existing in
good  standing  under the laws of the State of New York and is  qualified  to do
business  and in good  standing  in each  other  state  where the  nature of its
business or the property owned by it make such qualification necessary.

(b) EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND PERFORMANCE. The execution, delivery and performance
by Grantor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite  action,
do not and will  not  violate  or  conflict  with any law or other  governmental
requirement, or any of the agreements,  instruments or documents which formed or
governed  Grantor,  and do  not  and  will  not  breach  or  violate  any of the
provisions  of, and will not result in a default  by  Grantor  under,  any other
agreement,  instrument  or document to which it is a party or by which it or its
properties are bound.

(c) NOTICE OR CONSENT.  Except as may have been given or obtained,  no notice to
or consent or  approval of any  governmental  body or  authority  or other third
party whatsoever (including, without limitation, any other creditor) is required
in connection  with the  execution,  delivery or  performance by Grantor of this
Agreement.

(d) VALID AND BINDING. This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation
of  Grantor,  enforceable  against it in  accordance  with its terms,  except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the
rights of creditors generally or by general principles of equity.

(e) FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Except as expressly set forth in Grantor's financial
statements,  all financial  statements  of Grantor  furnished to MLBFS have been
prepared   in   conformity   with   generally   accepted  accounting principles,

                                        -3-

<PAGE>

consistently  applied,  are true and correct,  and fairly  present the financial
condition  of it as at such  dates and the  results  of its  operations  for the
periods  then ended;  and since the most recent date  covered by such  financial
statements,  there has been no  material  adverse  change in any such  financial
condition or operation.

(f)  LITIGATION.  Except as previously  disclosed to MLBFS throu  Customer's SEC
filings, no litigation, arbitration, administrative or governmental proceedings,
are pending or, to the knowledge of Customer, threatened against Customer or any
Guarantor, which would, if adversely determined, materially and adversely affect
the  liens  and  security  interests  of MLBFS  hereunder  or  under  any of the
Additional Agreements, the financial condition of Customer or any such Guarantor
or the  continued  operations  of Customer  or any  Business  Guarantor,  and be
reasonably likely, in the opinion of MLBFS using its sile discretion, to succeed
on its merits.

(g) TAXES.  All  federal,  state and local tax returns,  reports and  statements
required  to  be  filed  by  Grantor  have  been  filed  with  the   appropriate
governmental  agencies and all taxes due and payable by Grantor have been timely
paid  (except  to the  extent  that  any  such  failure  to file or pay will not
materially and adversely affect either the liens and security interests of MLBFS
hereunder or the financial condition or continued operations of Grantor).

(h) COLLATERAL.  Grantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral subject
to immaterial  imperfections in title,  and, except for any Permitted Liens: (i)
none of the Collateral is subject to any lien, encumbrance or security interest,
and (ii) upon the filing of all Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing  statements
executed by Grantor with respect to the  Collateral or a copy of this  Agreement
in the  appropriate  jurisdiction(s)  and/or the  completion of any other action
required by applicable law to perfect is lien and security interests, MLBFS will
have valid and  perfected  first liens and  security  interests  upon all of the
Collateral.

Each of the foregoing representations and warranties has been and will be relied
upon as an  inducement to MLBFS to advance funds or extend or continue to extend
credit to  Customer,  and is  continuing  and shall be deemed  remade by Grantor
concurrently with each such advance or extension of credit by MLBFS to Customer.

4. FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Grantor  covenants and agrees that Grantor will furnish or cause to be furnished
to MLBFS during the term of this Agreement such financial and other  information
as may be required by the Loan  Agreement or any other  document  evidencing the
Obligations  or as MLBFS may from time to time  reasonably  request  relating to
Grantor or the Collateral.

5. OTHER COVENANTS

Grantor further agrees during the term of this Agreement that:

(a)  FINANCIAL  RECORDS;  INSPECTION.  Grantor will:  (i) maintain  complete and
accurate books and records at its principal place of business,  and maintain all
of its financial  records in a manner  consistent with the financial  statements
heretofore  furnished  to  MLBFS,  or  prepared  on such  other  basis as may be
approved  in  writing by MLBFS;  and (ii)  permit  MLBFS or its duly  authorized
representatives,  upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to inspect its
properties (both real and personal), operations, books and records.

(b)  TAXES.  Grantor  will  pay  when  due  all  taxes,  assessments  and  other
governmental  charges,  howsoever  designated,  and all  other  liabilities  and
obligations,  except  to the  extent  that  any  such  failure  to pay  will not
materially and adversely affect either the liens and security interests of MLBFS
hereunder, or the financial condition or continued operations of Grantor.

(c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS AND  AGREEMENTS.  Grantor  will not  violate any law,
regulation or other governmental requirement, any judgment or order of any court
or governmental agency or authority, or any agreement, instrument or document to
which  it is a party  or by  which  it is  bound,  if any  such  violation  will
materially and adversely affect either the liens and security interests of MLBFS
hereunder, or the financial condition or continued operations of Grantor.

(d)  NOTIFICATION  BY GRANTOR.  Grantor shall provide MLBFS with prompt  written
notification       of:     (i)     any   Default;    (ii)     any     materially
adverse      change      in     the      business,      financial      condition
or    operations      of       Grantor;     and    (iii)    any      information

                                        -4-

<PAGE>

which  indicates  that any financial  statements of Grantor fail in any material
respect to present  fairly the  financial  condition  and results of  operations
purported to be  presented  in such  statements.  Each  notification  by Grantor
pursuant   hereto  shall   specify  the  event  or   information   causing  such
notification, and, to the extent applicable, shall specify the steps being taken
to rectify or remedy such event or information.

(e) NOTICE OF  CHANGE.  Grantor  shall  give  MLBFS not less than  30 days prior
written  notice of any change in the name  (including  any  fictitious  name) or
principal place of business of Grantor.

(f) CONTINUITY.  Except upon the prior written  consent of MLBFS,  which consent
will not be  unreasonably  withheld:  (i)  Grantor  shall  not be a party to any
merger  or  consolidation   with,  or  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the assets of, or any material stock,  partnership,  joint
venture or other equity interest in, any person or entity, or sell,  transfer or
lease all or any substantial part of its assets, if any such action would result
in either: (A) a material change in the principal business, ownership or control
of Grantor,  or (B) a material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition  or
operations  of Grantor;  (ii)  Grantor  shall  preserve its  existence  and good
standing in the  jurisdiction(s)  of establishment and operation;  (iii) Grantor
shall not  engage in any  material  business  substantially  different  from its
business in effect as of the date of  application  by  Customer  for credit from
MLBFS,  or cease  operating any such material  business;  (iv) Grantor shall not
cause or permit any other  person or entity to assume or succeed to any material
business or  operations  of Grantor;  and (iv) Grantor shall not cause or permit
any material change in its controlling ownership.

6. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The  occurrence  of any of the  following  events shall  constitute an "Event of
Default" under this Agreement:

(a) DEFAULT  UNDER LOAN  AGREEMENT.  An Event of Default  shall occur under  the
terms of the Loan Agreement.

(b) FAILURE TO PERFORM.  Grantor shall default in the  performance or observance
of any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed  under this
Agreement (not  constituting  an Event of Default under any other clause of this
Section),  and such default shall continue unremedied for 10 Business Days after
written notice thereof shall have been given by MLBFS to Grantor.

(c) BREACH OF WARRANTY. Any representation or warranty made by Grantor contained
in this Agreement shall at any time prove to have been incorrect in any material
respect when made.

(d) DEFAULT  UNDER  OTHER  AGREEMENT.  A default or Event of Default by  Grantor
shall occur under the terms of any other agreement,  instrument or document with
or intended  for the benefit of MLBFS,  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith
Incorporated  ("MLPF&S")  or any of their  affiliates,  and any required  notice
shall have been given and required passage of time shall have elapsed.

(e)  SEIZURE  OR ABUSE OF  COLLATERAL.  The  Collateral,  or any  material  part
thereof,  shall  be or  become  subject  to any  levy,  attachment,  seizure  or
confiscation which is not released within 10 Business Days.

(f)  BANKRUPTCY EVENT. Any Bankruptcy Event shall occur.

(g)  MATERIAL  IMPAIRMENT.  Any event shall occur which shall  reasonably  cause
MLBFS to in good faith  believe that the prospect of payment or  performance  by
Grantor  has  been  materially  impaired.  The  existence  of  such  a  material
impairment shall be determined in a manner consistent with the intent of Section
1-208 of the UCC.

(h) ACCELERATION OF DEBT TO OTHER CREDITORS. Any event shall occur which results
in the  acceleration of the maturity of any  indebtedness of $100,000.00 or more
of Grantor to another creditor under any indenture,  agreement,  undertaking, or
otherwise.




                                        -5-

<PAGE>

7. REMEDIES

(a) REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of any
Event of Default,  MLBFS may at its sole option do any one or more or all of the
following,  at such time and in such  order as MLBFS may in its sole  discretion
choose:

(i)  ACCELERATION.  MLBFS may declare all  Obligations  to be forthwith  due and
payable,  whereupon  all such  amounts  shall be  immediately  due and  payable,
without presentment,  demand for payment,  protest and notice of protest, notice
of dishonor,  notice of  acceleration,  notice of intent to  accelerate or other
notice or  formality  of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly  waived;
provided,  however,  that  upon  the  occurrence  of any  Bankruptcy  Event  all
Obligations shall automatically become due and payable without any action on the
part of MLBFS.

(ii)  EXERCISE  RIGHTS OF SECURED  PARTY.  MLBFS may  exercise any or all of the
remedies of a secured party under applicable law, including, but not limited to,
the UCC, and any or all of its other rights and remedies under this Agreement.

(iii)  POSSESSION.  MLBFS may  require  Grantor to make the  Collateral  and the
records pertaining to the Collateral available to MLBFS at a place designated by
MLBFS which is reasonably  convenient to Grantor,  or may take possession of the
Collateral and the records  pertaining to the Collateral  without the use of any
judicial process and without any prior notice to Grantor.

(iv) SALE. MLBFS may sell any or all of the Collateral at public or private sale
upon such terms and  conditions as MLBFS may reasonably  deem proper,  and MLBFS
may purchase any Collateral at any such public sale; and the net proceeds of any
such public or private sale and all other amounts actually collected or received
by MLBFS pursuant hereto, after deducting all costs and expenses incurred at any
time in the collection of the Obligations and in the protection,  collection and
sale of the Collateral, will be applied to the payment of the Obligations,  with
any remaining  proceeds paid to Grantor or whoever else may be entitled thereto,
and with Customer and each guarantor of Customer's obligations remaining jointly
and severally liable for any amount remaining unpaid after such application.

(v) DELIVERY OF CASH,  CHECKS,  ETC. MLBFS may require Grantor to forthwith upon
receipt,  transmit and deliver to MLBFS in the form received,  all cash, checks,
drafts and other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed,  where
required, so that such items may be collected by MLBFS) which may be received by
Grantor at any time in full or partial  payment of any  Collateral,  and require
that  Grantor not  commingle  any such items which may be so received by Grantor
with any other of its funds or property but instead hold them separate and apart
and in trust for MLBFS until delivery is made to MLBFS.

(vi)  NOTIFICATION OF ACCOUNT DEBTORS.  MLBFS may notify any Account Debtor that
its Account or Chattel  Paper has been assigned to MLBFS and direct such Account
Debtor to make payment directly to MLBFS of all amounts due or becoming due with
respect to such  Account or Chattel  Paper;  and MLBFS may  enforce  payment and
collect, by legal proceedings or otherwise, such Account or Chattel Paper.

(vii)  CONTROL OF  COLLATERAL.  MLBFS may  otherwise  take control in any lawful
manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral and of
any rejected,  returned, stopped in transit or repossessed goods included in the
Collateral and endorse Grantor name on any item of payment on or proceeds of the
Collateral,   and,  in  connection  therewith,   MLBFS  may  notify  the  postal
authorities  to change the address for delivery of mail  addressed to Grantor to
such address as MLBFS may designate.

(b) SET-OFF.  MLBFS shall have the further right upon the  occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default to set-off,  appropriate and apply toward
payment of any of the  Obligations,  in such order of  application  as MLBFS may
from time to time and at any time elect, any cash, credits, deposits,  accounts,
financial  assets,  investment  property,  securities  and any other property of
Grantor  which is in  transit  to or in the  possession,  custody  or control of
MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any agent,  bailee,  or affiliate of MLBFS or MLPF&S.  Grantor
hereby collaterally  assigns and grants to MLBFS a security interest in all such
property as additional Collateral.


                                        -6-

<PAGE>

(c) POWER OF ATTORNEy.  Effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an  Event  of  Default,  Grantor  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  MLBFS as its
attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in its place and stead and in
its name or in the name of MLBFS, to from time to time in MLBFS' sole discretion
take any action and to execute any instrument  which MLBFS may deem necessary or
advisable to  accomplish  the  purposes of this  Agreement,  including,  but not
limited  to, to  receive,  endorse  and  collect  all  checks,  drafts and other
instruments  for the  payment of money made  payable to Grantor  included in the
Collateral.

(d) REMEDIES ARE  SEVERABLE  AND  CUMULATIVE.  All rights and remedies of MLBFS
herein are  severable  and  cumulative  and in addition to all other  rights and
remedies  available at law or in equity,  and any one or more of such rights and
remedies may be exercised  simultaneously  or successively.  Any notice required
under this  Agreement or under  applicable  law shall be deemed  reasonably  and
properly  given to Grantor if given at the  address and by any of the methods of
giving notice set forth in this Agreement at least 5 Business Days before taking
any action specified in such notice.

(e) NOTICES.  To the fullest extent  permitted by applicable law, Grantor hereby
irrevocably  waives and releases MLBFS of and from any and all  liabilities  and
penalties for failure of MLBFS to comply with any statutory or other requirement
imposed upon MLBFS relating to notices of sale,  holding of sale or reporting of
any sale, and Grantor waives all rights of redemption or reinstatement  from any
such sale.  MLBFS  shall have the right to postpone or adjourn any sale or other
disposition  of  Collateral  at any  time  without  giving  notice  of any  such
postponed or adjourned  date. In the event MLBFS seeks to take possession of any
or all of the Collateral by court process, Grantor further irrevocably waives to
the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law any  bonds and any  surety  or  security
relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident
to such  possession,  and any demand for possession prior to the commencement of
any suit or action.

8. MISCELLANEOUS

(a)  NON-WAIVER.  No  failure  or delay on the part of MLBFS in  exercising  any
right,  power or remedy  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall  operate as a waiver
thereof,  and no single or partial  exercise of any such right,  power or remedy
shall  preclude any other or further  exercise  thereof,  or the exercise of any
other  right,  power or  remedy.  Neither  any waiver of any  provision  of this
Agreement,  nor any  consent to any  departure  by Grantor  therefrom,  shall be
effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by MLBFS. Any waiver of
any provision of this Agreement and any consent to any departure by Grantor from
the terms of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and
for the specific purpose for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein,  no notice to or demand on Grantor shall in any case entitle  Grantor to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) COMMUNICATIONS.  All notices and other communications  required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be either delivered personally,  mailed
by postage  prepaid  certified mail or sent by express  overnight  courier or by
facsimile.  Such notices and  communications  shall be deemed to be given on the
date  of  personal  delivery,  facsimile  transmission  or  actual  delivery  of
certified  mail,  or one  Business  Day after  delivery to an express  overnight
courier.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent or delivered in accordance
with the terms  hereof,  notices and other  communications  in writing  shall be
given to the  parties  hereto  at their  respective  addresses  set forth at the
beginning of this Agreement, and, in the case of facsimile transmission,  to the
parties at their respective regular facsimile telephone number.

(c) COSTS,  EXPENSES AND TAXES. Grantor shall pay or reimburse MLBFS upon demand
for:  (i) all  Uniform  Commercial  Code  filing  and search  fees and  expenses
incurred  by  MLBFS  in  connection   with  the   verification,   perfection  or
preservation of MLBFS' rights  hereunder or in the Collateral;  (ii) any and all
stamp,  transfer and other taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in
connection with the execution,  delivery and/or recording of this Agreement; and
(iii) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including, but not limited
to,  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of outside  counsel)  incurred  by MLBFS in
connection  with the  enforcement  of this Agreement or the protection of MLBFS'
rights hereunder, excluding, however, salaries and expenses of MLBFS' employees.
The  obligations of Grantor under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or
termination of this Agreement and the discharge of the other Obligations.

                                        -7-

<PAGE>

(d) RIGHT TO PERFORM  OBLIGATIONS.  If Grantor shall fail to do any act or thing
which it has  covenanted  to do under this  Agreement or any  representation  or
warranty on the part of Grantor  contained in this Agreement  shall be breached,
MLBFS may, in its sole discretion,  after 5 Business Days written notice is sent
to Grantor (or such lesser notice,  including no notice,  as is reasonable under
the  circumstances),  do the  same or  cause  it to be done or  remedy  any such
breach,  and may  expend  its funds  for such  purpose.  Any and all  reasonable
amounts so expended by MLBFS shall be repayable to MLBFS by Grantor upon demand,
with  interest  at the  "Interest  Rate"  (as that term is  defined  in the Loan
Agreement  or any  document  incorporated  into the Loan  Agreement)  during the
period from and including the date funds are so expended by MLBFS to the date of
repayment,  and any  such  amounts  due and  owing  MLBFS  shall  be  additional
Obligations. The payment or performance by MLBFS of any of Grantor's obligations
hereunder shall not relieve Grantor of said  obligations or of the  consequences
of having failed to pay or perform the same,  and shall not waive or be deemed a
cure of any Default.

(e) FURTHER ASSURANCES. Grantor agrees to do such further acts and things and to
execute  and  deliver  to MLBFS  such  additional  agreements,  instruments  and
documents as MLBFS may  reasonably  require or deem  advisable to effectuate the
purposes  of this  Agreement , or to  establish,  perfect  and  maintain  MLBFS'
security interests and liens upon the Collateral, including, but not limited to:
(i) executing financing  statements or amendments thereto when and as reasonably
requested  by  MLBFS;  and  (ii) if in the  reasonable  judgment  of MLBFS it is
required by local law, causing the owners and/or mortgagees of the real property
on which any  Collateral  may be located to execute and deliver to MLBFS waivers
or subordinations reasonably satisfactory to MLBFS with respect to any rights in
such Collateral.

(f) BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Agreement   shall be binding  upon  Grantor  and its
successors  and  assigns,  and  shall  inure to the  benefit  of  MLBFS  and its
successors and assigns.

(g) HEADINGS.  Captions and section and paragraph headings in this Agreement are
inserted   only  as  a  matter  of   convenience,   and  shall  not  affect  the
interpretation hereof.

(h) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed in all respects by the laws
of the State of Illinois.

(i) SEVERABILITY  OF  PROVISIONS.  Whenever  possible,  each   provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable  law.  Any  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  is  prohibited  or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability  without invalidating
the  remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement  or  affecting  the  validity  or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(j) TERM. This Agreement shall become  effective upon acceptance by MLBFS,  and,
subject to the terms  hereof,  shall  continue in effect so long  thereafter  as
either MLBFS shall be committed to advance funds or extend credit to Customer or
there shall be any Obligations outstanding.

(k) COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement may be  executed in one or more  counterparts
which, when taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

(l)  JURISDICTION;  Waiver.  GRANTOR  acknowledges  that this Agreement is being
accepted by MLBFS in partial  consideration  of MLBFS' right and option,  in its
sole discretion, to enforce this Agreement in either the State of Illinois or in
any other  jurisdiction  where GRANTOR or any collateral for the Obligations may
be located.  GRANTOR consents to jurisdiction in the State of Illinois and venue
in any  State or  Federal  Court in the  County of Cook for such  purposes,  and
GRANTOR  waives  any and all  rights to  contest  said  jurisdiction  and venue.
GRANTOR  further  waives any rights to commence any action  against MLBFS in any
jurisdiction  except  in the  County of Cook and  State of  Illinois.  MLBFS and
GRANTOR hereby each expressly waive any and all rights to a trial by jury in any
action,  proceeding or counterclaim brought BY either of the parties against the
other party with respect to any matter relating to, arising out of or in any way
connected with the Loan Agreement, this Agreement and/or any of the transactions
which are the subject matter of the Loan Agreement or this Agreement.


                                        -8-
<PAGE>

(m) INTEGRATION. This written Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and
represents the full and final agreement  between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof,  and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior written
agreements  or prior,  contemporaneous  or  subsequent  oral  agreements  of the
parties.  There are no unwritten oral agreements of the parties. No amendment or
modification of this Agreement shall be effective  unless in a writing signed by
both MLBFS and GRANTOR.


                                        -9-

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been  executed as of the day and year
first above written.

ULTRASOUND TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTIC SCHOOLS

By:     /s/ RICHARD B. SALZMAN
       --------------------------------------------------------
            Signature (1)                  Signature (2)

            Richard B. Salzman
       --------------------------------------------------------
            Printed Name                   Printed Name

            Vice President
       --------------------------------------------------------
            Title                          Title


STATE OF  Pennsylvania   }
          ------------
                         } SS.
COUNTY OF Pennsylvaina   }
          ------------


The foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me this 21st day of May AD,
1999 by  Richard  B.  Salzman  of  ULTRASOUND  TECHNICAL  SERVICES,  INC.  D/B/A
ULTRASOUND  DIAGNOSTIC  SCHOOLS,  a New  York  corporation,  on  behalf  of  the
corporation.  Said  person is  personally  known to me or has  produced  Florida
Drivers License as identification.



    /s/ MARLENE G. SCHLEIFER
- -----------------------------------
         NOTARY PUBLIC

        Marlene G. Schleifer
- -----------------------------------
   PRINTED NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC


My Commission Expires:


    March 25, 2003
- ----------------------
     [S E A L]


Accepted at Chicago, Illinois:
MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS FINANCIAL
SERVICES INC.


By: _______________________________________




                                       -10-

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

ATTACHED TO AND HEREBY MADE A PART OF SECURITY  AGREEMENT NO. 79D-07257  BETWEEN
MERRILL  LYNCH  BUSINESS  FINANCIAL  SERVICES  INC.  AND  ULTRASOUND   TECHNICAL
SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTIC SCHOOLS


Locations of Tangible Collateral:

120 E. 16th Street, 2nd Floor
New York City, NY 10003

One Old Country Road, Suite LL1
Carle Place, NY 11514

2269 Saw Mill River Road
Elmsford, NY 10523

675 US Route 1, 2nd Floor
Iselin, NJ 08830

3 Neshaminy Interplex, Suite 117
Trevose, PA 19053

365 Cadwell Drive, First Floor
Springfield, MA 01104

4770 N. State Road 7
Lauderdale Lakes, FL 33319

9950 Princess Palm Avenue, Reg. II, Suite 120
Tampa, FL 33619

1140 Hammond Drive, Suite A-1150
Atlanta, GA 30328

6575 West Loop South, Suite 200
Bellaire, TX 77401

10199 Southside Boulevard, Suite 106
Jacksonville, FL 32256

1333 Corporate Drive, Suite 200
Irving, TX 75038

5830 Ellsworth Avenue, Suite 102
Pittsburgh, PA 15232

17535 Rosbough Drive
Middleburg Heights, OH 44130






Exhibit     10.30

                             UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY


FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  and in order to induce  MERRILL LYNCH  BUSINESS  FINANCIAL
SERVICES INC. ("MLBFS") to advance moneys or extend or continue to extend credit
or lease  property to or for the  benefit of, or modify its credit  relationship
with, or enter into any other financial  accommodations  with WHITMAN  EDUCATION
GROUP,  INC.  D/B/A  WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP AND ALSO  F/K/A  WHITMAN  MEDICAL
CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Florida  (with any successor in interest,  including,  without  limitation,  any
successor by merger or by operation of law, herein  collectively  referred to as
"Customer")  under:  (a) that  certain  WCMA  LOAN AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  No.
79D-07257 between MLBFS and Customer (the "Loan Agreement"), (b) any "Additional
Agreements",  as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement, and (c) all present
and future  amendments,  restatements,  supplements  and other  evidences of any
extensions,  increases,  renewals,  modifications and other changes of or to the
Loan  Agreement or any  Additional  Agreements  (collectively,  the  "Guaranteed
Documents"),  and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  undersigned,  ULTRASOUND
TECHNICAL  SERVICES,  INC. D/B/A ULTRASOUND  DIAGNOSTIC  SCHOOLS,  a corporation
organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of New York  ("Guarantor"),
hereby unconditionally guarantees to MLBFS: (i) the prompt and full payment when
due, by  acceleration  or otherwise,  of all sums now or any time  hereafter due
from Customer to MLBFS under the Guaranteed Documents, (ii) the prompt, full and
faithful  performance and discharge by Customer of each and every other covenant
and warranty of Customer set forth in the  Guaranteed  Documents,  and (iii) the
prompt and full payment and performance of all other  indebtedness,  liabilities
and  obligations  of  Customer to MLBFS,  howsoever  created or  evidenced,  and
whether now existing or hereafter  arising  (collectively,  the  "Obligations").
Guarantor  further agrees to pay all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including,
but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) paid or incurred
by  MLBFS  in  endeavoring  to  collect  or  enforce  performance  of any of the
Obligations, or in enforcing this Guaranty. Guarantor acknowledges that MLBFS is
relying on the execution and delivery of this Guaranty in advancing moneys to or
extending or continuing to extend credit to or for the benefit of Customer.

This  Guaranty is absolute,  unconditional  and  continuing  and shall remain in
effect until all of the Obligations shall have been fully and indefeasibly paid,
performed and discharged.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
default or Event of Default under any of the Guaranteed Documents, any or all of
the indebtedness  hereby guaranteed then existing shall, at the option of MLBFS,
become immediately due and payable from Guarantor (it being understood, however,
that upon the  occurrence  of any  "Bankruptcy  Event",  as  defined in the Loan
Agreement,  all such  indebtedness  shall  automatically  become due and payable
without action on the part of MLBFS). Notwithstanding the occurrence of any such
event,  this Guaranty shall continue and remain in full force and effect. To the
extent MLBFS receives  payment with respect to the  Obligations,  and all or any
part of such payment is subsequently  invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent or
preferential,  set aside,  required  to be repaid by MLBFS or is repaid by MLBFS
pursuant to a settlement agreement,  to a trustee,  receiver or any other person
or entity, whether under any Bankruptcy law or otherwise (a "Returned Payment"),
this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case
may  be,  to the  extent  of  such  payment  or  repayment  by  MLBFS,  and  the
indebtedness or part thereof  intended to be satisfied by such Returned  Payment
shall be revived  and  continued  in full  force and effect as if said  Returned
Payment had not been made.

The liability of Guarantor  hereunder  shall in no event be affected or impaired
by any of the following,  any of which may be done or omitted by MLBFS from time
to time,  without  notice to or the  consent  of  Guarantor:  (a) any  renewals,
amendments,  restatements,  modifications  or  supplements  of or to  any of the
Guaranteed Documents, or any extensions,  forbearances,  compromises or releases
of any of the  Obligations  or any of MLBFS' rights under any of the  Guaranteed
Documents;  (b) any  acceptance  by MLBFS of any  collateral or security for, or
other  guarantees  of,  any of the  Obligations;  (c) any  failure,  neglect  or
omission on the part of MLBFS to realize upon or protect any of the Obligations,

                                        -1-

<PAGE>

or any collateral or security therefor, or to exercise any lien upon or right of
appropriation  of any  moneys,  credits or  property  of  Customer  or any other
guarantor,  possessed by or under the control of MLBFS or any of its affiliates,
toward the  liquidation  or reduction of the  Obligations;  (d) any  invalidity,
irregularity or unenforceability  of all or any part of the Obligations,  of any
collateral security for the Obligations,  or the Guaranteed  Documents;  (e) any
application  of  payments or credits by MLBFS;  (f) the  granting of credit from
time to time by MLBFS to  Customer  in  excess  of the  amount  set forth in the
Guaranteed Documents; or (g) any other act of commission or omission of any kind
or at any time upon the part of MLBFS or any of its  affiliates  or any of their
respective  employees  or agents with  respect to any matter  whatsoever.  MLBFS
shall not be required at any time,  as a condition  of  Guarantor's  obligations
hereunder,  to resort to payment  from  Customer  or other  persons or  entities
whatsoever,  or any of their properties or estates,  or resort to any collateral
or pursue or exhaust any other rights or remedies whatsoever.

No  release  or  discharge  in whole or in part of any  other  guarantor  of the
Obligations  shall  release or discharge  Guarantor  unless and until all of the
Obligations  shall have been indefeasibly  fully paid and discharged.  Guarantor
expressly waives presentment,  protest,  demand,  notice of dishonor or default,
notice of acceptance of this Guaranty,  notice of advancement of funds under the
Guaranteed  Documents and all other notices and formalities to which Customer or
Guarantor might be entitled, by statute or otherwise,  and, so long as there are
any  Obligations or MLBFS is committed to extend credit to Customer,  waives any
right to revoke or terminate this Guaranty  without the express  written consent
of MLBFS.

So long as there are any Obligations, Guarantor shall not have any claim, remedy
or   right   of   subrogation,    reimbursement,    exoneration,   contribution,
indemnification,  or  participation  in any  claim,  right,  or  remedy of MLBFS
against  Customer or any  security  which MLBFS now has or  hereafter  acquires,
whether or not such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract,  by
statute, under common law, or otherwise.

MLBFS is hereby  irrevocably  authorized  by  Guarantor  at any time  during the
continuance  of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other of the
Guaranteed  Documents  or in  respect  of any of the  Obligations,  in its  sole
discretion and without demand or notice of any kind, to  appropriate,  hold, set
off and apply toward the payment of any amount due  hereunder,  in such order of
application as MLBFS may elect, all cash, credits, deposits, accounts, financial
assets,  investment  property,  securities  and any other  property of Guarantor
which is in  transit  to or in the  possession,  custody  or control of MLBFS or
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated  ("MLPF&S"),  or any of their
respective agents, bailees or affiliates.  Guarantor hereby collaterally assigns
and grants to MLBFS a  continuing  security  interest  in all such  property  as
additional  security for the  Obligations.  Upon the  occurrence  and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, MLBFS shall have all rights in such property
available to collateral assignees and secured parties under all applicable laws,
including, without limitation, the UCC.

Guarantor  agrees to  furnish  to MLBFS such  financial  information  concerning
Guarantor as may be required by any of the Guaranteed  Documents or as MLBFS may
otherwise  from  time to  time  reasonably  request.  Guarantor  further  hereby
irrevocably  authorizes  MLBFS  and each of its  affiliates,  including  without
limitation MLPF&S, to at any time (whether or not an Event of Default shall have
occurred) obtain from and disclose to each other any and all financial and other
information about Guarantor.

No delay on the part of MLBFS in the  exercise of any right or remedy  under the
Guaranteed  Documents,  this Guaranty or any other  agreement shall operate as a
waiver thereof, and, without limiting the foregoing, no delay in the enforcement
of any  security  interest,  and no single or partial  exercise  by MLBFS of any
right or remedy  shall  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the
exercise  of any other  right or remedy.  This  Guaranty  may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  each of which counterparts,  once they are executed and
delivered,  shall be deemed  to be an  original  and all of which  counterparts,
taken together,  shall  constitute but one and the same Guaranty.  This Guaranty
shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns,  and shall inure
to the benefit of MLBFS and its successors  and assigns.  If there are more than
one  guarantor of the  Obligations,  all of the  obligations  and  agreements of
Guarantor are joint and several with such other guarantors.

                                        -2-
<PAGE>

This  Guaranty  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.  WITHOUT
LIMITING THE RIGHT OF MLBFS TO ENFORCE  THIS  GUARANTY IN ANY  JURISDICTION  AND
VENUE  PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,  GUARANTOR  AGREES THAT THIS GUARANTY MAY AT
THE OPTION OF MLBFS BE ENFORCED BY MLBFS IN ANY  JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN WHICH
ANY OF THE GUARANTEED DOCUMENTS MAY BE ENFORCED. GUARANTOR AND MLBFS HEREBY EACH
EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING
OR COUNTERCLAIM  BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY IN ANY
WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING  OUT OF THIS  GUARANTY  OR THE  OBLIGATIONS.  Wherever
possible each  provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as
to be effective  and valid under  applicable  law, but if any  provision of this
Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision  shall
be ineffective  only to the extent of such  prohibition  or invalidity,  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Guaranty.  No  modification  or waiver of any of the provisions of this Guaranty
shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both Guarantor and an officer
of MLBFS.  Each  signatory  on behalf of Guarantor  warrants  that he or she has
authority to sign on behalf of Guarantor,  and by so signing,  to bind Guarantor
hereunder.

Dated as of May 20, 1999.

ULTRASOUND TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTIC SCHOOLS

By:   /s/ RICHARD B. SALZMAN
      ------------------------------------------------
          Signature (1)               Signature (2)

          Richard B. Salzman
      ------------------------------------------------
          Printed Name                Printed Name

          Vice President
      ------------------------------------------------
          Title                       Title

Address of Guarantor:
         4400 Biscayne Boulevard, 6th floor
         Miami, FL 33137


                                        -3-




Exhibit        10.31

                        WCMA LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

WCMA LOAN and Security  Agreement NO. 79D-07257 ("Loan  Agreement")  dated as of
May 20, 1999,  between WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC. D/B/A WHITMAN  EDUCATION
GROUP AND ALSO F/K/A WHITMAN MEDICAL  CORPORATION,  a corporation  organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Florida  having its principal  office at
4400  Biscayne  Boulevard,  Miami,  FL 33137  ("Customer"),  and  MERRILL  LYNCH
BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware  having its principal  office at 222 North LaSalle
Street, Chicago, IL 60601 ("MLBFS").

In accordance with that certain Working Capital  Management  Account  Agreement
No. 79D-07257 ("WCMA Agreement") between Customer and MLBFS' affiliate,  Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated  ("MLPF&S"),  Customer has subscribed
to the WCMA Program  described in the WCMA  Agreement.  The WCMA Agreement is by
this reference  incorporated as a part hereof.  In conjunction  therewith and as
part of the WCMA Program, Customer has requested that MLBFS provide, and subject
to the terms and  conditions  herein set forth  MLBFS has agreed to  provide,  a
commercial line of credit for Customer (the "WCMA Line of Credit").

Accordingly, and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants of
the parties hereto, Customer and MLBFS hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

(a)  SPECIFIC  TERMS.  In  addition  to terms  defined  elsewhere  in this  Loan
Agreement,  when used  herein  the  following  terms  shall  have the  following
meanings:

(i) "Account  Debtor" shall mean any party who is or may become  obligated  with
respect to an Account or Chattel Paper.

(ii) "Activation Date" shall mean the date upon which MLBFS shall cause the WCMA
Line of Credit to be fully  activated  under MLPF&S'  computer system as part of
the WCMA Program.

(iii) "Additional Agreements" shall mean all agreements,  instruments, documents
and opinions  other than this Loan  Agreement,  whether with or from Customer or
any other party, which are contemplated hereby or otherwise  reasonably required
by MLBFS in connection  herewith,  or which  evidence the creation,  guaranty or
collateralization  of any of the  Obligations  or the granting or  perfection of
liens or security  interests upon the Collateral or any other collateral for the
Obligations.

(iv) "Bankruptcy Event" shall mean any of the following:  (A) a proceeding under
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt or
receivership  law or statute  shall be filed or  consented to by Customer or any
Guarantor;  or (B) any such  proceeding  shall be filed against  Customer or any
Guarantor  and shall not be dismissed or withdrawn  within sixty (60) days after
filing; or (C) Customer or any Guarantor shall make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors;  or (D) Customer or any Guarantor  shall generally fail to
pay or admit in writing  its  inability  to pay its debts as they become due; or
(E) Customer or any Guarantor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent.  (v)
"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal holiday
or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is regularly closed.

(vi)  "Collateral"  shall mean all Accounts,  Chattel  Paper,  Contract  Rights,
Inventory,   Equipment,   Fixtures,   General  Intangibles,   Deposit  Accounts,
Documents,  Instruments,  Investment  Property and Financial Assets of Customer,
howsoever  arising,  whether  now owned or  existing  or  hereafter  acquired or
arising, and wherever located;  together with all parts thereof (including spare
parts), all accessories and accessions thereto, all books and records (including
computer  records)  directly related thereto,  all proceeds thereof  (including,
without  limitation,  proceeds in the form of Accounts and insurance  proceeds),
and the additional collateral described in Section 9 (b) hereof.

(vii) "Commitment Expiration Date" shall mean June 19, 1999.

                                        -1-
<PAGE>

(viii) "Default" shall mean either an "Event of Default" as defined in Section 8
hereof,  or an event which with the giving of notice,  passage of time, or both,
would constitute such an Event of Default.

(ix) "General Funding Conditions" shall mean each of the following conditions to
any WCMA Loan by MLBFS  hereunder:  (A) no Default  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing or would result from the making of any WCMA Loan  hereunder by MLBFS;
(B) there shall not have occurred and be continuing any material  adverse change
in the business or financial  condition  of Customer or any  Guarantor;  (C) all
representations  and  warranties of Customer or any  Guarantor  herein or in any
Additional  Agreements shall then be true and correct in all material  respects;
(D) MLBFS shall have  received  this Loan  Agreement  and all of the  Additional
Agreements,  duly executed and filed or recorded where applicable,  all of which
shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to MLBFS; (E) MLBFS shall
have received evidence reasonably  satisfactory to it as to the ownership of the
Collateral  and the  perfection  and  priority  of  MLBFS'  liens  and  security
interests  thereon,  as well as the ownership of and the perfection and priority
of  MLBFS'  liens  and  security  interests  on any  other  collateral  for  the
Obligations  furnished pursuant to any of the Additional  Agreements;  (F) MLBFS
shall have  received  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to it of the insurance
required hereby or by any of the Additional  Agreements;  and (G) any additional
conditions  specified in the "WCMA Line of Credit  Approval"  letter executed by
MLBFS with respect to the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall have been met
to the reasonable satisfaction of MLBFS.

(x)  "Guarantor"  shall  mean a person or entity who has  either  guaranteed  or
provided collateral for any or all of the Obligations;  and "Business Guarantor"
shall   mean   any  such   Guarantor   that  is  a   corporation,   partnership,
proprietorship, limited liability company or other entity regularly engaged in a
business  activity.  (xi) "Initial Maturity Date" shall mean the first date upon
which the WCMA Line of Credit will expire (subject to renewal in accordance with
the terms hereof); to wit: June 30, 2000.

(xii)  "Interest  Due Date" shall mean the last  Business  Day of each  calendar
month during the term hereof (or, if Customer  makes special  arrangements  with
MLPF&S,  the last Friday of each calendar month during the term hereof).  (xiii)
"Interest  Rate" shall mean a variable  per annum rate of interest  equal to the
sum of 2.90% and the 30-Day Commercial Paper Rate. The "30-Day  Commercial Paper
Rate" shall mean,  as of the date of any  determination,  the interest rate from
time to time  published in the "Money Rates"  section of The Wall Street Journal
for  30-day   high-grade   unsecured   notes  sold  through   dealers  by  major
corporations. The Interest Rate will change as of the date of publication in The
Wall Street  Journal of a 30-Day  Commercial  Paper Rate that is different  from
that published on the preceding  Business Day. In the event that The Wall Street
Journal shall,  for any reason,  fail or cease to publish the 30-Day  Commercial
Paper Rate, MLBFS will choose a reasonably  comparable index or source to use as
the basis for the Interest Rate. (xiv) "Line Fee" shall mean a fee of $37,500.00
payable  periodically  by Customer to MLBFS in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 (k) hereof.

(xv)  "Location of Tangible  Collateral"  shall mean the address of Customer set
forth at the beginning of this Loan  Agreement,  together with any other address
or  addresses  set forth on an exhibit  hereto as being a Location  of  Tangible
Collateral.

(xvi)  "Maturity  Date"  shall mean the date of  expiration  of the WCMA Line of
Credit.

(xvii) "Maximum WCMA Line of Credit" shall mean $8,500,000.00.

(xviii)  "Obligations"  shall  mean  all  liabilities,  indebtedness  and  other
obligations  of  Customer to MLBFS,  howsoever  created,  arising or  evidenced,
whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct or indirect,  absolute
or contingent,  due or to become due,  primary or secondary or joint or several,
and, without limiting the foregoing,  shall include interest  accruing after the
filing of any petition in  bankruptcy,  and all present and future  liabilities,
indebtedness and obligations of Customer under this Loan Agreement.

(xix) "Permitted Liens" shall mean with respect to the Collateral: (A) liens for
current taxes not delinquent, other non-consensual liens arising in the ordinary
course of business  for sums not due,  and, if MLBFS'  rights to and interest in
the Collateral are not materially and adversely affected thereby, any such liens
for  taxes or other  non-consensual  liens  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;  (B) liens in
favor of MLBFS;  (C) liens  which will be  discharged  with the  proceeds of the
initial  WCMA Loan;  and (D) any other liens  expressly  permitted in writing by
MLBFS.

                                        -2-
<PAGE>

(xx)  "Renewal  Year" shall mean and refer to the  12-month  period  immediately
following the Initial Maturity Date and each 12- month period thereafter.

(xxi)  "WCMA  Account"  shall mean and refer to the Working  Capital  Management
Account of Customer  with MLPF&S  identified  as Account No.  79D-07257  and any
successor Working Capital Management Account of Customer with MLPF&S.

(xxii) "WCMA Loan" shall mean each  advance made by MLBFS  pursuant to this Loan
Agreement.

(xxiii)  "WCMA Loan  Balance"  shall mean an amount equal the  aggregate  unpaid
principal amount of all WCMA Loans.

(b) OTHER TERMS.  Except as otherwise defined herein: (i) all terms used in this
Loan  Agreement  which are  defined in the Uniform  Commercial  Code of Illinois
("UCC") shall have the meanings set forth in the UCC, and (ii) capitalized terms
used herein which are defined in the WCMA Agreement  shall have the meanings set
forth in the WCMA Agreement.

2. WCMA PROMISSORY NOTE

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  Customer  hereby promises to pay to the order of MLBFS, at
the times and in the manner set forth in this Loan  Agreement,  or in such other
manner  and at such  place as MLBFS may  hereafter  designate  in  writing,  the
following:  (a) on the Maturity Date, or if earlier,  on the date of termination
of the WCMA Line of Credit, the WCMA Loan Balance;  (b) interest at the Interest
Rate on the outstanding WCMA Loan Balance,  from and including the date on which
the  initial  WCMA Loan is made  until the date of  payment of all WCMA Loans in
full; and (c) on demand, all other sums payable pursuant to this Loan Agreement,
including,  but not  limited  to, the  periodic  Line Fee and any late  charges.
Except  as  otherwise  expressly  set  forth  herein,   Customer  hereby  waives
presentment,  demand  for  payment,  protest  and notice of  protest,  notice of
dishonor,  notice of acceleration,  notice of intent to accelerate and all other
notices and  formalities in connection  with this WCMA  Promissory Note and this
Loan Agreement.

3. WCMA LOANS

(a) ACTIVATION DATE. Provided that: (i) the Commitment Expiration Date shall not
then have occurred,  and (ii) Customer shall have subscribed to the WCMA Program
and its subscription to the WCMA Program shall then be in effect, the Activation
Date shall occur on or promptly after the date, following the acceptance of this
Loan Agreement by MLBFS at its office in Chicago,  Illinois,  upon which each of
the  General  Funding  Conditions  shall  have  been  met  or  satisfied  to the
reasonable  satisfaction  of MLBFS.  No  activation by MLBFS of the WCMA Line of
Credit for a nominal amount shall be deemed evidence of the  satisfaction of any
of the  conditions  herein  set  forth,  or a  waiver  of any  of the  terms  or
conditions hereof.  Customer hereby authorizes MLBFS to pay out of and charge to
Customer's WCMA Account on the Activation Date any and all amounts  necessary to
fully pay off any bank or other financial  institution having a lien upon any of
the Collateral other than a Permitted Lien.

(b) WCMA LOANS.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  during the period
from and after the Activation Date to the first to occur of the Maturity Date or
the date of termination of the WCMA Line of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof,
and in addition to WCMA Loans  automatically  made to pay accrued  interest,  as
hereafter  provided:  (i) MLBFS will make WCMA Loans to Customer in such amounts
as Customer may from time to time request in  accordance  with the terms hereof,
up to an  aggregate  outstanding  amount not to exceed the Maximum  WCMA Line of
Credit,  and (ii)  Customer  may repay any WCMA Loans in whole or in part at any
time,  and  request a  re-borrowing  of  amounts  repaid on a  revolving  basis.
Customer may request such WCMA Loans by use of WCMA Checks,  FTS, Visa charges,
wire transfers,  or such other means of access to the WCMA Line of Credit as may
be permitted by MLBFS from time to time; it being understood that so long as the
WCMA Line of Credit shall be in effect,  any charge or debit to the WCMA Account
which  but for the  WCMA  Line of  Credit  would  under  the  terms  of the WCMA
Agreement  result in an  overdraft,  shall be deemed a request by Customer for a
WCMA Loan.

(c) CONDITIONS OF WCMA LOANS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, MLBFS shall not be
obligated to make any WCMA Loan, and may without notice refuse to honor any such
request by Customer,  if at the time of receipt by MLBFS of Customer's  request:
(i) the making of such WCMA Loan would cause the Maximum  WCMA Line of Credit to
be exceeded;  or (ii) the Maturity Date shall have occurred, or the WCMA Line of
Credit shall have otherwise been terminated in accordance with the terms hereof;
or (iii) Customer's subscription to the WCMA Program shall have been terminated;
or  (iv)  an   event   shall   have   occurred   and   be    continuing    which
shall   have   caused  any  of   the   General   Funding   Conditions   to   not
then   be    met    or   satisfied  to  the  reasonable   satisfaction of MLBFS.
The    making   by   MLBFS  of   any    WCMA    Loan   at   a   time   when  any
one  or  more  of    said    conditions     shall   not     have    been     met

                                        -3-

<PAGE>

shall not in any event be construed as a waiver of said  condition or conditions
or of any Default,  and shall not prevent MLBFS at any time thereafter while any
condition shall not have been met from refusing to honor any request by Customer
for a WCMA Loan.

(d) LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  MLBFS shall not be responsible,  and shall have no
liability to Customer or any other  party,  for any delay or failure of MLBFS to
honor any  request of  Customer  for a WCMA Loan or any other act or omission of
MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any of their  affiliates  due to or resulting  from any system
failure, error or delay in posting or other clerical error, loss of power, fire,
Act of God or other cause beyond the reasonable control of MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any
of their  affiliates  unless directly arising out of the willful wrongful act or
active gross  negligence of MLBFS. In no event shall MLBFS be liable to Customer
or any other party for any incidental or consequential  damages arising from any
act or omission by MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any of their  affiliates in connection with
the WCMA Line of Credit or this Loan Agreement.

(e) INTEREST.  (i) An amount equal to accrued  interest on the WCMA Loan Balance
shall be payable by Customer monthly on each Interest Due Date,  commencing with
the Interest Due Date  occurring in the calendar  month in which the  Activation
Date shall occur.  Unless otherwise hereafter directed in writing by MLBFS on or
after the first to occur of the Maturity Date or the date of  termination of the
WCMA  Line of  Credit  pursuant  to the  terms  hereof,  such  interest  will be
automatically  charged to the WCMA Account on the applicable  Interest Due Date,
and, to the extent not paid with free credit  balances or the  proceeds of sales
of any Money Accounts then in the WCMA Account, as hereafter provided, paid by a
WCMA Loan and added to the WCMA Loan Balance. All interest shall be computed for
the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days.

(ii)  Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary in this Agreement or any of
the  Additional  Agreements,  no  provision  of  this  Agreement  or  any of the
Additional  Agreements shall require the payment or permit the collection of any
amount in excess of the maximum  amount of interest  permitted  to be charged by
law  ("Excess  Interest").  If  any  Excess  Interest  is  provided  for,  or is
adjudicated  as being  provided for, in this  Agreement or any of the Additional
Agreements,  then:  (A)  Customer  shall  not be  obligated  to pay  any  Excess
Interest;  and (B) any Excess Interest that MLBFS may have received hereunder or
under any of the Additional  Agreements  shall, at the option of MLBFS,  be: (1)
applied as a credit  against the then unpaid WCMA Loan Balance,  (2) refunded to
the payer thereof, or (3) any combination of the foregoing.

(f)  PAYMENTS.  All payments  required or permitted to be made  pursuant to this
Loan  Agreement  shall be made in  lawful  money of the  United  States.  Unless
otherwise directed by MLBFS, payments on account of the WCMA Loan Balance may be
made by the delivery of checks (other than WCMA  Checks),  or by means of FTS or
wire transfer of funds (other than funds from the WCMA Line of Credit) to MLPF&S
for credit to  Customer's  WCMA  Account.  Notwithstanding  anything in the WCMA
Agreement to the contrary,  Customer hereby  irrevocably  authorizes and directs
MLPF&S to apply  available  free  credit  balances  in the WCMA  Account  to the
repayment of the WCMA Loan Balance prior to  application  for any other purpose.
Payments to MLBFS from funds in the WCMA  Account  shall be deemed to be made by
Customer  upon the same  basis  and  schedule  as funds are made  available  for
investment  in the  Money  Accounts  in  accordance  with the  terms of the WCMA
Agreement.  All funds  received by MLBFS from MLPF&S  pursuant to the  aforesaid
authorization  shall be applied by MLBFS to repayment of the WCMA Loan  Balance.
The acceptance by or on behalf of MLBFS of a check or other payment for a lesser
amount  than  shall be due  from  Customer,  regardless  of any  endorsement  or
statement  thereon or transmitted  therewith,  shall not be deemed an accord and
satisfaction  or anything  other than a payment on account,  and MLBFS or anyone
acting on  behalf  of MLBFS  may  accept  such  check or other  payment  without
prejudice  to the  rights of MLBFS to recover  the  balance  actually  due or to
pursue any other remedy under this Loan  Agreement  or  applicable  law for such
balance.  All checks  accepted by or on behalf of MLBFS in  connection  with the
WCMA Line of Credit are subject to final collection.

(g)  IRREVOCABLE  INSTRUCTIONS  TO MLPF&S.  In order to  minimize  the WCMA Loan
Balance, Customer hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs MLPF&S, effective on
the Activation Date and continuing thereafter so long as this Agreement shall be
in effect: (i) to immediately and prior to application for any other purpose pay
to MLBFS to the  extent of any WCMA Loan  Balance  or other  amounts  payable by
Customer  hereunder all available free credit  balances from time to time in the
WCMA Account;  and (ii) if such available free credit balances are  insufficient
to pay the WCMA Loan Balance and such other  amounts,  and there are in the WCMA
Account  at  any  time  any  investments  in  Money  Accounts  (other  than  any
investments  constituting  any Minimum  Money  Accounts  Balance  under the WCMA
Directed Reserve Program),  to immediately liquidate such investments and pay to
MLBFS to the  extent  of any  WCMA  Loan  Balance  and such  other  amounts  the
available proceeds from the liquidation of any such Money Accounts.


                                        -4-

<PAGE>

(h)  STATEMENTS.  MLPF&S will include in each monthly  statement it issues under
the WCMA  Program  information  with  respect  to WCMA  Loans  and the WCMA Loan
Balance.  Any questions that Customer may have with respect to such  information
should be directed to MLBFS;  and any questions with respect to any other matter
in such  statements or about or affecting the WCMA Program should be directed to
MLPF&S.

(i) USE OF WCMA LOAN  PROCEEDS.  The  proceeds  of each WCMA Loan  initiated  by
Customer  shall be used by Customer  solely for working  capital in the ordinary
course of its business,  or, with the prior written consent of MLBFS,  for other
lawful business purposes of Customer not prohibited hereby. Customer agrees that
under no  circumstances  will funds borrowed from MLBFS through the WCMA Line of
Credit be used:  (i) for  personal,  family or household  purposes of any person
whatsoever,  or (ii) to purchase,  carry or trade in  securities,  or repay debt
incurred to purchase, carry or trade in securities,  whether in or in connection
with the WCMA Account,  another account of Customer with MLPF&S or an account of
Customer at any other broker or dealer in securities,  or (iii) unless otherwise
consented  to in writing by MLBFS,  to repay any debt to Merrill  Lynch and Co.,
Inc. or any of its subsidiaries.

(j) RENEWAL AT OPTION OF MLBFS; RIGHT OF CUSTOMER TO TERMINATE. MLBFS may at any
time,  in its sole  discretion  and at its sole  option,  renew the WCMA Line of
Credit for one or more Renewal Years; it being understood, however, that no such
renewal  shall be  effective  unless set forth in a writing  executed  by a duly
authorized  representative  of MLBFS and delivered to Customer.  Unless any such
renewal is  accompanied  by a  proposed  change in the terms of the WCMA Line of
Credit  (other than the extension of the Maturity  Date),  no such renewal shall
require  Customer's  approval.  Customer  shall,  however,  have  the  right  to
terminate the WCMA Line of Credit at any time upon written notice to MLBFS.

(k) LINE FEES. (i) In  consideration of the extension of the WCMA Line of Credit
by MLBFS to Customer  during the period from the Activation  Date to the Initial
Maturity Date, Customer has paid or shall pay the Line Fee to MLBFS. If the Line
Fee has not heretofore been paid by Customer,  Customer hereby authorizes MLBFS,
at its option,  to either cause the Line Fee to be paid on the  Activation  Date
with a WCMA Loan, or invoice Customer for such Line Fee (in which event Customer
shall pay said fee within 5 Business  Days after  receipt of such  invoice).  No
delay in the Activation Date,  howsoever  caused,  shall entitle Customer to any
rebate or reduction in the Line Fee or to any extension of the Initial  Maturity
Date.

(ii)  CUSTOMER  SHALL  PAY AN  ADDITIONAL  LINE FEE FOR EACH  RENEWAL  YEAR.  In
connection therewith, Customer hereby authorizes MLBFS, at its option, to either
cause  each  such  additional  Line Fee to be paid with a WCMA Loan on or at any
time after the first  Business  Day of such Renewal Year or invoiced to Customer
at such time (in which event  Customer shall pay such Line Fee within 5 Business
Days after receipt of such invoice).  Each Line Fee shall be deemed fully earned
by MLBFS on the date payable by Customer, and no termination of the WCMA Line of
Credit,  howsoever caused, shall entitle Customer to any rebate or refund of any
portion of such Line Fee;  provided,  however,  that if Customer shall terminate
the WCMA Line of Credit  not later than 5  Business  Days  after the  receipt by
Customer of notice from MLBFS of a renewal of the WCMA Line of Credit,  Customer
shall be  entitled  to a refund of any Line Fee charged by MLBFS for the ensuing
Renewal Year.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Customer represents and warrants to MLBFS that:

(a)  ORGANIZATION AND EXISTENCE.  Customer is a corporation,  duly organized and
validly  existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida and is
qualified  to do  business  and in good  standing  in each other state where the
nature of its  business  or the  property  owned by it make  such  qualification
necessary;  and, where  applicable,  each Business  Guarantor is duly organized,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
formation  and is qualified  to do business  and in good  standing in each other
state  where the nature of its  business or the  property  owned by it make such
qualification necessary. (b) Execution, Delivery and Performance. The execution,
delivery and  performance by Customer of this Loan Agreement and by Customer and
each Guarantor of such of the Additional  Agreements to which it is a party: (i)
have been duly  authorized  by all  requisite  action,  (ii) do not and will not
violate or conflict with any law or other  governmental  requirement,  or any of
the agreements,  instruments or documents which formed or govern Customer or any
such  Guarantor,  and  (iii) do not and will not  breach or  violate  any of the
provisions  of,  and  will not  result  in a  default  by  Customer  or any such
Guarantor under,  any other  agreement,  instrument or document to which it is a
party or by which it or its properties are bound.

                                        -5-

<PAGE>

(c) Notices and Approvals.  Except as may have been given or obtained, no notice
to or consent or approval of any  governmental  body or authority or other third
party whatsoever (including, without limitation, any other creditor) is required
in connection  with the  execution,  delivery or  performance by Customer or any
Guarantor of such of this Loan Agreement and the Additional  Agreements to which
it is a party.

(d) Enforceability. This Loan Agreement and such of the Additional Agreements to
which Customer or any Guarantor is a party are the respective  legal,  valid and
binding  obligations of Customer and such Guarantor,  enforceable  against it or
them, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective  terms,  except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the
rights of creditors generally or by general principles of equity.

(e)  Collateral.  Except for any  Permitted  Liens:  (i)  Customer  has good and
marketable title to the Collateral subject to immaterial imperfections in title,
(ii) none of the  Collateral  is subject to any lien,  encumbrance  or  security
interest,  and (iii) upon the filing of all Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing
statements   executed  by  Customer  with  respect  to  the  Collateral  in  the
appropriate  jurisdiction(s)  and/or the completion of any other action required
by applicable law to perfect its liens and security  interests,  MLBFS will have
valid  and  perfected  first  liens  and  security  interests  upon  all  of the
Collateral.

(f)  Financial  Statements.  Except as expressly  set forth in Customer's or any
Business Guarantor's financial statements,  all financial statements of Customer
and each Business Guarantor  furnished to MLBFS have been prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting  principles,  consistently  applied, are true
and correct in all material respects, and fairly present the financial condition
of it as at such dates and the results of its  operations  for the periods  then
ended (subject, in the case of interim unaudited financial statements, to normal
year-end adjustments);  and since the most recent date covered by such financial
statements,  there has been no  material  adverse  change in any such  financial
condition  or  operation.  All  financial  statements  furnished to MLBFS of any
Guarantor  other than a Business  Guarantor are true and correct in all material
respects and fairly  represent such  Guarantor's  financial  condition as of the
date of such financial  statements  (subject,  in the case of interim  unaudited
financial statements of a Business Guarantor,  to normal year-end  adjustments),
and since the most recent date of such financial  statements,  there has been no
material adverse change in such financial condition.

(g) Litigation.  Except as previously  disclosed to MLBFS through Customer's SEC
filings, no litigation, arbitration, administrative or governmental proceedings,
are pending or, to the knowledge of Customer, threatened against Customer or any
Guarantor, which would, if adversely determined, materially and adversely affect
the  liens  and  security  interests  of MLBFS  hereunder  or  under  any of the
Additional Agreements, the financial condition of Customer or any such Guarantor
or the  continued  operations  of Customer  or any  Business  Guarantor,  and be
reasonably likely, in the opinion of MLBFS using its sile discretion, to succeed
on its merits.

(h) Tax  Returns.  All  federal,  state  and  local  tax  returns,  reports  and
statements  required to be filed by Customer and each  Guarantor have been filed
with the  appropriate  governmental  agencies  and all taxes due and  payable by
Customer and each Guarantor have been timely paid (except to the extent that any
such failure to file or pay will not materially and adversely  affect either the
liens and security  interests of MLBFS  hereunder or under any of the Additional
Agreements,  the  financial  condition  of  Customer  or any  Guarantor,  or the
continued operations of Customer or any Business Guarantor).

(i) Collateral Location. All of the tangible Collateral is located at a Location
of Tangible  Collateral.

(j) No Outside  Broker.  Except for  employees of MLBFS,  MLPF&S or one of their
affiliates,  Customer has not in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  directly or indirectly  engaged or dealt with, and was not introduced or
referred to MLBFS by, any broker or other loan arranger.

Each of the foregoing  representations and warranties:  (i) has been and will be
relied upon as an  inducement  to MLBFS to provide the WCMA Line of Credit,  and
(ii) is continuing and shall be deemed remade by Customer concurrently with each
request for a WCMA Loan.

5. FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

(a) Customer  shall furnish or cause to be furnished to MLBFS during the term of
this Loan Agreement all of the following:

(i) ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Within 120 days after the close of each fiscal
year   of   Customer   and   each    Business   Guarantor,  a   copy   of    the
annual  certified  financial   statements   of   Customer,   including, in  each
case,   in   reasonable   detail,  a   balance   sheet    and   statement     of
retained   earnings   as   at   the   close   of   such     fiscal    year   and
statements   of  profit  and   loss   and  cash  flow  for   such   fiscal year;


                                        -6-

<PAGE>

(ii) INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Within 45 days after the close of each fiscal
quarter of Customer and each Business Guarantor, a copy of the interim financial
statements  (including in reasonable detail both a balance sheet as of the close
of such  fiscal  period,  and  statement  of profit and loss for the  applicable
fiscal period) of Customer and each Business Guarantor for such fiscal quarter;

(iii) A/R  AGINGS.  Within 45 days  after the close of each  fiscal  quarter  of
Customer,  a copy of the Accounts Receivable Aging of Customer and each Business
Guarantor as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(iv) ENROLLMENT  REPORTS.  Within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter
of Customer and each Business  Guarantor,  Customer shall furnish or cause to be
furnished  to  MLBFS:  a  copy  of  Customer's  and  each  Business  Guarantor's
Enrollment report;

(v) SEC REPORTS.  Customer  shall  furnish or cause to be furnished to MLBFS not
later than 10 days after the date of filing  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  ("SEC"),  a copy of each 10-K,  10-Q and other report required to be
filed with the SEC during the term hereof by Customer; and

(vi) OTHER  INFORMATION.  Such other  information as MLBFS may from time to time
reasonably request relating to Customer, any Guarantor or the Collateral.

(b) GENERAL  AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO FINANCIAL  INFORMATION.  Customer agrees
that except as otherwise  specified  herein or otherwise agreed to in writing by
MLBFS: (i) all annual financial  statements required to be furnished by Customer
to  MLBFS  hereunder  will  be  prepared  by  either  the  current   independent
accountants for Customer or other independent  accountants reasonably acceptable
to MLBFS, and (ii) all other financial  information  required to be furnished by
Customer to MLBFS  hereunder  will be  certified as correct by the party who has
prepared such information,  and, in the case of internally prepared  information
with  respect to Customer or any  Business  Guarantor,  certified  as correct by
their respective chief financial officer.

6. OTHER COVENANTS

Customer  further  covenants and agrees  during the term of this Loan  Agreement
that:

(a) FINANCIAL  RECORDS;  INSPECTION.  Customer and each Business Guarantor will:
(i) maintain at its principal place of business  complete and accurate books and
records,  and maintain all of its financial  records in a manner consistent with
the  financial  statements  heretofore  furnished to MLBFS,  or prepared on such
other basis as may be approved in writing by MLBFS; and (ii) permit MLBFS or its
duly authorized representatives, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times,
to inspect  its  properties  (both  real and  personal),  operations,  books and
records.

(b) TAXES. Customer and each Guarantor will pay when due all taxes,  assessments
and other governmental charges,  howsoever designated, and all other liabilities
and  obligations,  except to the  extent  that any such  failure to pay will not
materially and adversely affect either the liens and security interests of MLBFS
hereunder or under any of the Additional Agreements,  the financial condition of
Customer  or any  Guarantor  or the  continued  operations  of  Customer  or any
Business Guarantor.

(c) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND AGREEMENTS. Neither Customer nor any Guarantor will
violate any law, regulation or other governmental  requirement,  any judgment or
order of any  court or  governmental  agency  or  authority,  or any  agreement,
instrument  or document  to which it is a party or by which it is bound,  if any
such  violation  will  materially  and  adversely  affect  either  the liens and
security interests of MLBFS hereunder or under any of the Additional Agreements,
the  financial  condition  of  Customer  or  any  Guarantor,  or  the  continued
operations of Customer or any Business Guarantor.

(d)  NOTIFICATION BY CUSTOMER.  Customer shall provide MLBFS with prompt written
notification  of: (i) any Default;  (ii) any  materially  adverse  change in the
business,  financial  condition  or  operations  of  Customer  or  any  Business
Guarantor;  and  (iii)  any  information  which  indicates  that  any  financial
statements of Customer or any Guarantor fail in any material  respect to present
fairly the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  purported  to be
presented in such  statements.  Each  notification  by Customer  pursuant hereto
shall specify the event or information  causing such  notification,  and, to the
extent applicable, shall specify the steps being taken to rectify or remedy such
event or information.

(e)  NOTICE OF  CHANGE.  Customer  shall  give MLBFS not less than 30 days prior
written  notice of any change in the name  (including  any  fictitious  name) or
principal place of business or residence of Customer or any Guarantor.

                                        -7-

<PAGE>

(f) CONTINUITY.  Except upon the prior written  consent of MLBFS,  which consent
will  not be  unreasonably  withheld:  (i)  neither  Customer  nor any  Business
Guarantor shall be a party to any merger or  consolidation  with, or purchase or
otherwise  acquire all or  substantially  all of the assets of, or any  material
stock,  partnership,  joint  venture or other equity  interest in, any person or
entity, or sell, transfer or lease all or any substantial part of its assets, if
any such action would result in either:  (A) a material  change in the principal
business,  ownership or control of Customer or such Business Guarantor, or (B) a
material adverse change in the financial  condition or operations of Customer or
such  Business  Guarantor;  (ii)  Customer  and each  Business  Guarantor  shall
preserve their respective  existence and good standing in the jurisdiction(s) of
establishment and operation;  (iii) neither Customer nor any Business  Guarantor
shall  engage  in any  material  business  substantially  different  from  their
respective  business in effect as of the date of  application  by  Customer  for
credit from MLBFS, or cease operating any such material  business;  (iv) neither
Customer  nor any Business  Guarantor  shall cause or permit any other person or
entity to assume or succeed to any material  business or  operations of Customer
or such Business Guarantor;  and (v) neither Customer nor any Business Guarantor
shall cause or permit any material change in its controlling ownership.

(g) MINIMUM  TANGIBLE NET WORTH.  Customer's  "tangible  net worth" shall at all
times exceed  $7,000,000.00.  For the purposes  hereof,  the term  "tangible net
worth" shall mean Customer's net worth as shown on Customer's  regular financial
statements  prepared in a manner consistent with the terms hereof, but excluding
an  amount  equal  to:  (i)  any  assets  which  are  ordinarily  classified  as
"intangible" in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles,  and
(ii) any amounts now or hereafter  directly or  indirectly  owing to Customer by
officers, shareholders or affiliates of Customer.

(h) MINIMUM NET CASH FLOW. The "Net Cash Flow" of Customer as of the end of each
of its fiscal years shall not be less than  $1,500,000.00.  As used herein, "Net
Cash  Flow"  shall  mean the  excess  of (i) the sum of  Customer's  annual  net
after-tax income,  non-recurring  expenses and depreciation and similar non-cash
charges,  over (ii) the sum of the current  portion of Customer's long term debt
non-recurring  income,  and any dividends or other  distributions to its owners;
all as set forth on Customer's regular annual financial statements prepared in a
manner consistent with the terms hereof.

(i) ACQUISITION OF ASSETS OR STOCK. Customer agrees that it will not without the
prior  written   consent  of  MLBFS  directly  or  indirectly   acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the assets or stock of any other  entity if the  aggregate
cost thereof is in excess of  $1,500,000.00.  Further,  Customer  agrees that it
will give not less than 30 days  written  notice to MLBFS prior to the direct or
indirect  acquisition by Customer of all or  substantially  all of the assets or
stock  of  any  other  entity  if  the  aggregate  cost  thereof  is  less  than
$1,500,000.00.

7. COLLATERAL

(a) PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL.  To secure payment and performance of the Obligations,
Customer hereby pledges,  assigns,  transfers and sets over to MLBFS, and grants
to MLBFS first liens and security  interests in and upon all of the  Collateral,
subject only to Permitted Liens.

(b) LIENS.  Except upon the prior written  consent of MLBFS,  Customer shall not
create or permit to exist any lien,  encumbrance  or security  interest  upon or
with  respect  to any  Collateral  now owned or  hereafter  acquired  other than
Permitted Liens.

(c)  PERFORMANCE OF  OBLIGATIONS.  Customer shall perform all of its obligations
owing on account of or with respect to the Collateral in all material  respects;
it being  understood  that nothing  herein,  and no action or inaction by MLBFS,
under this Loan  Agreement or otherwise,  shall be deemed an assumption by MLBFS
of any of Customer's said obligations.

(d) SALES AND  COLLECTIONS.  So long as no Event of Default  shall have occurred
and be continuing, Customer may in the ordinary course of its business: (i) sell
any  Inventory  normally  held by  Customer  for sale,  (ii) use or consume  any
materials  and supplies  normally held by Customer for use or  consumption,  and
(iii) collect all of its Accounts.  Customer shall take such action with respect
to protection of its Inventory and the other  Collateral  and the  collection of
its Accounts as MLBFS may from time to time reasonably request.

(e) ACCOUNT SCHEDULES.  Upon the request of MLBFS, made now or at any reasonable
time or times  hereafter,  Customer  shall deliver to MLBFS,  in addition to the
other information required hereunder,  a schedule identifying,  for each Account
and all Chattel  Paper  subject to MLBFS'  security  interests  hereunder,  each
Account  Debtor by name and address and amount,  invoice or contract  number and
date of  each  invoice  or  contract.  Customer  shall  furnish  to  MLBFS  such
additional  information with respect to the Collateral,  and amounts received by
Customer as proceeds  of any of the  Collateral,  as MLBFS may from time to time
reasonably request.

                                        -8-
<PAGE>

(f) ALTERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE. Except upon the prior written consent of MLBFS,
Customer  shall not make or permit  any  material  alterations  to any  tangible
Collateral which might materially  reduce or impair its market value or utility.
Customer  shall at all times keep the tangible  Collateral in good condition and
repair,  reasonable wear and tear and  obsolescence  excepted,  and shall pay or
cause to be paid all obligations arising from the repair and maintenance of such
Collateral,  as well as all obligations with respect to any Location of Tangible
Collateral,  except for any such obligations being contested by Customer in good
faith by appropriate proceedings.

(g) LOCATION. Except for movements required in the ordinary course of Customer's
business, Customer shall give MLBFS 30 days' prior written notice of the placing
at or movement of any tangible  Collateral to any location other than a Location
of Tangible Collateral.  In no event shall Customer cause or permit any material
tangible  Collateral  to be removed from the United  States  without the express
prior written consent of MLBFS.

(h)  INSURANCE.  Customer  shall insure all of the tangible  Collateral  under a
policy or policies of physical  damage  insurance  providing that losses will be
payable to MLBFS as its interests may appear pursuant to a Lender's Loss Payable
Endorsement and containing such other  provisions as may be reasonably  required
by MLBFS.  Customer  shall further  provide and maintain a policy or policies of
comprehensive  public  liability  insurance  naming MLBFS as an additional party
insured.  Customer  and  each  Business  Guarantor  shall  maintain  such  other
insurance as may be required by law or is customarily maintained by companies in
a similar business or otherwise reasonably required by MLBFS. All such insurance
policies  shall  provide  that  MLBFS will  receive  not less than 10 days prior
written notice of any  cancellation,  and shall  otherwise be in form and amount
and with an insurer or insurers reasonably  acceptable to MLBFS.  Customer shall
furnish  MLBFS with a copy or  certificate  of each such policy or policies and,
prior to any expiration or cancellation, each renewal or replacement thereof.

(i) EVENT OF LOSS.  Customer shall at its expense promptly repair all reasonably
repairable  damage to any  tangible  Collateral.  In the event that any tangible
Collateral is damaged beyond repair,  lost, totally destroyed or confiscated (an
"Event of Loss") and such  Collateral had a value prior to such Event of Loss of
$25,000.00  or more,  then, on or before the first to occur of (i) 90 days after
the occurrence of such Event of Loss, or (ii) 10 Business Days after the date on
which  either  Customer or MLBFS  shall  receive any  proceeds of  insurance  on
account  of  such  Event  of  Loss,  or any  underwriter  of  insurance  on such
Collateral shall advise either Customer or MLBFS that it disclaims  liability in
respect of such Event of Loss,  Customer  shall,  at Customer's  option,  either
replace the Collateral subject to such Event of Loss with comparable  Collateral
free of all liens other than  Permitted  Liens (in which event Customer shall be
entitled to utilize the  proceeds of  insurance on account of such Event of Loss
for such  purpose,  and may retain any excess  proceeds of such  insurance),  or
deposit  into the WCMA  Account an amount equal to the actual cash value of such
Collateral as determined  by either the  insurance  company's  payment (plus any
applicable   deductible)  or,  in  absence  of  insurance  company  payment,  as
reasonably  determined  by  MLBFS;  it being  further  understood  that any such
deposit shall be accompanied  by a like permanent  reduction in the Maximum WCMA
Line of Credit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if at the time of occurrence of
such  Event  of  Loss  or any  time  thereafter  prior  to  replacement  or line
reduction,  as  aforesaid,  an Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing hereunder, then MLBFS may at its sole option, exercisable at any time
while such Event of Default  shall be  continuing,  require  Customer  to either
replace such  Collateral  or make a deposit into the WCMA Account and reduce the
Maximum WCMA Line of Credit, as aforesaid.

(j) NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.  Customer shall give MLBFS immediate notice of any
attachment,  lien, judicial process, encumbrance or claim affecting or involving
$25,000.00 or more of the Collateral.

(k)  INDEMNIFICATION.  Customer shall indemnify,  defend and save MLBFS harmless
from and against any and all claims,  liabilities,  losses,  costs and  expenses
(including, without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) of any
nature whatsoever which may be asserted against or incurred by MLBFS arising out
of or in any manner occasioned by (i) the ownership, collection, possession, use
or operation of any  Collateral,  or (ii) any failure by Customer to perform any
of its obligations hereunder;  excluding,  however, from said indemnity any such
claims,  liabilities,  etc.  arising directly out of the willful wrongful act or
active gross negligence of MLBFS. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or
termination of this Loan  Agreement as to all matters  arising or accruing prior
to such expiration or termination.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The  occurrence  of any of the  following  events shall  constitute an "Event of
Default" under this Loan Agreement:

(a) EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM WCMA LINE OF CREDIT. If the WCMA Loan Balance shall at
any time  exceed  the  Maximum  WCMA Line of Credit and  Customer  shall fail to
deposit   sufficient  funds  into  the  WCMA  Account  to  reduce  the WCMA Loan

                                        -9-
<PAGE>

Balance  below the Maximum  WCMA Line of Credit  within five (5)  Business  Days
after written notice thereof shall have been given by MLBFS to Customer.

(b) OTHER  FAILURE TO PAY.  Customer  shall fail to pay to MLBFS or deposit into
the WCMA  Account  when due any other  amount  owing or  required  to be paid or
deposited by Customer under this Loan  Agreement,  or shall fail to pay when due
any other  Obligations,  and any such failure shall  continue for more than five
(5) Business Days after written notice thereof shall have been given by MLBFS to
Customer.

(c)  FAILURE  TO  PERFORM.  Customer  or  any  Guarantor  shall  default  in the
performance  or  observance  of any  covenant  or  agreement  on its  part to be
performed  or  observed  under  this  Loan  Agreement  or any of the  Additional
Agreements (not  constituting an Event of Default under any other clause of this
Section),  and such default shall continue unremedied for ten (10) Business Days
after written notice thereof shall have been given by MLBFS to Customer.

(d) BREACH OF WARRANTY.  Any  representation or warranty made by Customer or any
Guarantor  contained in this Loan Agreement or any of the Additional  Agreements
shall at any time prove to have been  incorrect  in any  material  respect  when
made.

(e) DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENT.  A default or Event of Default by Customer or
any Guarantor shall occur under the terms of any other agreement,  instrument or
document  with or  intended  for the  benefit  of MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any of their
affiliates,  and any required notice shall have been given and required  passage
of time shall have elapsed.

(f) BANKRUPTCY EVENT. Any Bankruptcy Event shall occur.

(g) MATERIAL  IMPAIRMENT.  Any event shall occur which  shall  reasonably  cause
MLBFS to in good faith believe that the prospect of full payment or  performance
by  Customer  or any  Guarantor  of  any  of  their  respective  liabilities  or
obligations  under this Loan  Agreement or any of the  Additional  Agreements to
which Customer or such Guarantor is a party has been  materially  impaired.  The
existence  of  such a  material  impairment  shall  be  determined  in a  manner
consistent with the intent of Section 1-208 of the UCC.

(h) ACCELERATION OF DEBT TO OTHER CREDITORS. Any event shall occur which results
in the  acceleration of the maturity of any  indebtedness of $100,000.00 or more
of Customer or any Guarantor to another creditor under any indenture, agreement,
undertaking, or otherwise.

(i)  SEIZURE  OR ABUSE OF  COLLATERAL.  The  Collateral,  or any  material  part
thereof,  shall be or become  subject to any  material  abuse or misuse,  or any
levy, attachment,  seizure or confiscation which is not released within ten (10)
Business Days.

9. REMEDIES

(a) REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
Event of Default,  MLBFS may at its sole option do any one or more or all of the
following,  at such time and in such  order as MLBFS may in its sole  discretion
choose:

(i) TERMINATION.  MLBFS may without notice terminate the WCMA Line of Credit and
all  obligations  to  provide  the WCMA Line of Credit or  otherwise  extend any
credit to or for the benefit of Customer  (it being  understood,  however,  that
upon the occurrence of any Bankruptcy Event the WCMA Line of Credit and all such
obligations  shall  automatically  terminate  without  any action on the part of
MLBFS);  and upon any  such  termination  MLBFS  shall be  relieved  of all such
obligations.

(ii)  ACCELERATION.  MLBFS may declare the principal of and interest on the WCMA
Loan  Balance,  and all  other  Obligations  to be  forthwith  due and  payable,
whereupon  all  such  amounts  shall be  immediately  due and  payable,  without
presentment,  demand  for  payment,  protest  and notice of  protest,  notice of
dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate or other notice
or formality of any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly  waived;  provided,
however,  that upon the occurrence of any Bankruptcy  Event all such  principal,
interest  and other  Obligations  shall  automatically  become  due and  payable
without any action on the part of MLBFS.


                                       -10-

<PAGE>

(iii) EXERCISE  RIGHTS OF SECURED  PARTY.  MLBFS may exercise  any or all of the
remedies of a secured party under applicable law, including, but not limited to,
the UCC,  and any or all of its  other  rights  and  remedies  under  this  Loan
Agreement and the Additional Agreements.

(iv) POSSESSION.  MLBFS may  require  Customer  to make the  Collateral  and the
records pertaining to the Collateral available to MLBFS at a place designated by
MLBFS which is reasonably  convenient to Customer, or may take possession of the
Collateral and the records  pertaining to the Collateral  without the use of any
judicial process and without any prior notice to Customer.

(v)  SALE. MLBFS may sell any or all of the Collateral at public or private sale
upon such terms and  conditions as MLBFS may reasonably  deem proper.  MLBFS may
purchase any  Collateral  at any such public sale.  The net proceeds of any such
public or private sale and all other amounts  actually  collected or received by
MLBFS pursuant  hereto,  after deducting all costs and expenses  incurred at any
time in the collection of the Obligations and in the protection,  collection and
sale of the Collateral, will be applied to the payment of the Obligations,  with
any remaining proceeds paid to Customer or whoever else may be entitled thereto,
and with Customer and each Guarantor  remaining jointly and severally liable for
any amount remaining unpaid after such application.

(vi) DELIVERY OF CASH, CHECKS, ETC. MLBFS may require Customer to forthwith upon
receipt,  transmit and deliver to MLBFS in the form received,  all cash, checks,
drafts and other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed,  where
required, so that such items may be collected by MLBFS) which may be received by
Customer at any time in full or partial payment of any  Collateral,  and require
that  Customer not commingle any such items which may be so received by Customer
with any other of its funds or property but instead hold them separate and apart
and in trust for MLBFS until delivery is made to MLBFS.

(vii) NOTIFICATION OF ACCOUNT DEBTORS.  MLBFS may notify any Account Debtor that
its Account or Chattel  Paper has been assigned to MLBFS and direct such Account
Debtor to make payment directly to MLBFS of all amounts due or becoming due with
respect to such  Account or Chattel  Paper;  and MLBFS may  enforce  payment and
collect, by legal proceedings or otherwise, such Account or Chattel Paper.

(viii)  CONTROL OF  COLLATERAL.  MLBFS may otherwise  take control in any lawful
manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral and of
any rejected,  returned, stopped in transit or repossessed goods included in the
Collateral and endorse  Customer's name on any item of payment on or proceeds of
the Collateral.

(b) SET-OFF.  MLBFS shall have the further right upon the  occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default to set-off,  appropriate and apply toward
payment of any of the  Obligations,  in such order of  application  as MLBFS may
from time to time and at any time elect, any cash, credit,  deposits,  accounts,
financial  assets,  investment  property,  securities  and any other property of
Customer  which is in  transit  to or in the  possession,  custody or control of
MLBFS,  MLPF&S or any agent,  bailee, or affiliate of MLBFS or MLPF&S.  Customer
hereby  collaterally  assigns and grants to MLBFS a continuing security interest
in all such property as additional Collateral.

(c) POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an  Event of  Default,  Customer  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  MLBFS as its
attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in its place and stead and in
its name or in the name of MLBFS, to from time to time in MLBFS' sole discretion
take any action and to execute any instrument  which MLBFS may deem necessary or
advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Loan Agreement,  including, but not
limited  to, to  receive,  endorse  and  collect  all  checks,  drafts and other
instruments  for the payment of money made  payable to Customer  included in the
Collateral.

(d)  REMEDIES ARE  SEVERABLE  AND  CUMULATIVE.  All rights and remedies of MLBFS
herein are  severable  and  cumulative  and in addition to all other  rights and
remedies  available in the Additional  Agreements,  at law or in equity, and any
one or more of such  rights and  remedies  may be  exercised  simultaneously  or
successively.

(e) Notices.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Customer hereby
irrevocably  waives and releases MLBFS of and from any and all  liabilities  and
penalties for failure of MLBFS to comply with any statutory or other requirement
imposed upon MLBFS relating to notices of sale,  holding of sale or reporting of
any sale, and Customer waives all rights of redemption or reinstatement from any
such sale.  Any notices  required  under  applicable law shall be reasonably and
properly  given to Customer if given by any of the  methods  provided  herein at
least 5 Business  Days  prior to taking  action.  MLBFS  shall have the right to
postpone   or   adjourn   any   sale   or   other   disposition   of  Collateral
at  any  time  without   giving   notice  of  any  such  postponed  or adjourned

                                       -11-
<PAGE>

date.  In  the  event  MLBFS  seeks  to  take  possession  of  any or all of the
Collateral by court process,  Customer further irrevocably waives to the fullest
extent  permitted by law any bonds and any surety or security  relating  thereto
required  by any  statute,  court  rule  or  otherwise  as an  incident  to such
possession,  and any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit
or action.

10. MISCELLANEOUS

(a)  NON-WAIVER.  No  failure  or delay on the part of MLBFS in  exercising  any
right,  power or remedy pursuant to this Loan Agreement or any of the Additional
Agreements shall operate as a waiver thereof,  and no single or partial exercise
of any such right,  power or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise
thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Neither any waiver
of any provision of this Loan Agreement or any of the Additional Agreements, nor
any consent to any departure by Customer  therefrom,  shall be effective  unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by MLBFS. Any waiver of any provision of
this Loan Agreement or any of the  Additional  Agreements and any consent to any
departure  by  Customer  from the  terms of this  Loan  Agreement  or any of the
Additional  Agreements shall be effective only in the specific  instance and for
the specific  purpose for which given.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein, no notice to or demand on Customer shall in any case entitle Customer to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) DISCLOSURE.  Customer hereby  irrevocably  authorizes  MLBFS and each of its
affiliates,  including without limitation MLPF&S, to at any time (whether or not
an Event of Default shall have occurred)  obtain from and disclose to each other
any and all financial and other information  about Customer.  In connection with
said  authorization,  the parties recognize that in order to provide a WCMA Line
of Credit certain information about Customer is required to be made available on
a computer network accessible by certain affiliates of MLBFS, including MLPF&S.

(c) COMMUNICATIONS.  All notices and other communications  required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be either delivered personally,  mailed
by postage  prepaid  certified mail or sent by express  overnight  courier or by
facsimile.  Such notices and  communications  shall be deemed to be given on the
date  of  personal  delivery,  facsimile  transmission  or  actual  delivery  of
certified  mail,  or one  Business  Day after  delivery to an express  overnight
courier.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent or delivered in accordance
with the terms  hereof,  notices and other  communications  in writing  shall be
given to the  parties  hereto  at their  respective  addresses  set forth at the
beginning of this Loan Agreement, or, in the case of facsimile transmission,  to
the parties at their respective regular facsimile telephone number.

(d) COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES. Customer shall upon demand pay or reimburse MLBFS
for:  (i) all  Uniform  Commercial  Code  filing  and search  fees and  expenses
incurred  by  MLBFS  in  connection   with  the   verification,   perfection  or
preservation  of  MLBFS'  rights  hereunder  or in the  Collateral  or any other
collateral for the Obligations; (ii) any and all stamp, transfer and other taxes
and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection  with the  execution,
delivery  and/or  recording  of this  Loan  Agreement  or any of the  Additional
Agreements; and (iii) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including,
but not limited to, reasonable fees and expenses of outside counsel) incurred by
MLBFS in connection  with the  collection of any sum payable  hereunder or under
any of the Additional Agreements not paid when due, the enforcement of this Loan
Agreement  or any of the  Additional  Agreements  and the  protection  of MLBFS'
rights hereunder or thereunder, excluding, however, salaries and normal overhead
attributable  to MLBFS'  employees.  The  obligations  of  Customer  under  this
paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Loan Agreement and
the discharge of the other Obligations.

(e) RIGHT TO PERFORM OBLIGATIONS.  If Customer shall fail to do any act or thing
which it has covenanted to do under this Loan Agreement or any representation or
warranty  on the part of  Customer  contained  in this Loan  Agreement  shall be
breached,  MLBFS may,  in its sole  discretion,  after 5 Business  Days  written
notice is sent to Customer (or such lesser  notice,  including no notice,  as is
reasonable  under  the  circumstances),  do the  same or  cause it to be done or
remedy any such breach,  and may expend its funds for such purpose.  Any and all
reasonable  amounts so expended by MLBFS shall be repayable to MLBFS by Customer
upon  demand,  with  interest  at the  Interest  Rate during the period from and
including the date funds are so expended by MLBFS to the date of repayment,  and
all such amounts shall be additional Obligations.  The payment or performance by
MLBFS of any of Customer's  obligations  hereunder shall not relieve Customer of
said  obligations or of the  consequences of having failed to pay or perform the
same, and shall not waive or be deemed a cure of any Default.

(f) LATE CHARGE.  Any payment  required to be made by Customer  pursuant to this
Loan Agreement not paid within ten (10) days of the applicable due date shall be
subject  to a late  charge in an amount  equal to the  lesser  of: (i) 5% of the
overdue  amount,  or (ii) the maximum amount  permitted by applicable  law. Such
late    charge   shall   be   payable  on demand, or, without demand, may in the

                                       -12-
<PAGE>

sole  discretion  of MLBFS be paid by a WCMA  Loan  and  added to the WCMA  Loan
Balance in the same manner as provided herein for accrued interest.

(g) FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Customer agrees to do such further acts and things and
to execute  and deliver to MLBFS such  additional  agreements,  instruments  and
documents as MLBFS may  reasonably  require or deem  advisable to effectuate the
purposes  of this Loan  Agreement  or any of the  Additional  Agreements,  or to
establish,  perfect and maintain  MLBFS'  security  interests and liens upon the
Collateral, including, but not limited to: (i) executing financing statements or
amendments thereto when and as reasonably requested by MLBFS; and (ii) if in the
reasonable  judgment of MLBFS it is  required  by local law,  causing the owners
and/or mortgagees of the real property on which any Collateral may be located to
execute and deliver to MLBFS waivers or subordinations  reasonably  satisfactory
to MLBFS with respect to any rights in such Collateral.

(h) BINDING EFFECT.  This Loan Agreement and the Additional  Agreements shall be
binding  upon,  and shall  inure to the  benefit  of MLBFS,  Customer  and their
respective  successors and assigns.  Customer shall not assign any of its rights
or  delegate  any of its  obligations  under this Loan  Agreement  or any of the
Additional  Agreements  without  the prior  written  consent  of  MLBFS.  Unless
otherwise  expressly  agreed to in a writing  signed by MLBFS,  no such  consent
shall in any event relieve  Customer of any of its  obligations  under this Loan
Agreement or the Additional Agreements.

(i) HEADINGS. Captions and section and paragraph headings in this Loan Agreement
are  inserted  only as a  matter  of  convenience,  and  shall  not  affect  the
interpretation hereof.

(j) GOVERNING LAW. This Loan Agreement, and, unless otherwise expressly provided
therein, each of the Additional Agreements, shall be governed in all respects by
the laws of the State of Illinois.

(k) SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Whenever possible,  each provision of this Loan
Agreement and the Additional  Agreements  shall be interpreted in such manner as
to be  effective  and valid under  applicable  law.  Any  provision of this Loan
Agreement  or  any  of  the  Additional   Agreements   which  is  prohibited  or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability  without invalidating
the remaining provisions of this Loan Agreement and the Additional Agreements or
affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  such  provision  in any  other
jurisdiction.

(l) TERM.  This Loan  Agreement  shall become  effective on the date accepted by
MLBFS at its office in  Chicago,  Illinois,  and,  subject to the terms  hereof,
shall continue in effect so long  thereafter as the WCMA Line of Credit shall be
in effect or there shall be any Obligations outstanding.

(m)  COUNTERPARTS.   This  Loan  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts which, when taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

(n)  JURISDICTION;  WAIVER.  CUSTOMER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THIS LOAN AGREEMENT IS
BEING ACCEPTED BY MLBFS IN PARTIAL  CONSIDERATION OF MLBFS' RIGHT AND OPTION, IN
ITS  SOLE  DISCRETION,  TO  ENFORCE  THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  ADDITIONAL
AGREEMENTS  IN EITHER THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION  WHERE
CUSTOMER OR ANY COLLATERAL FOR THE OBLIGATIONS MAY BE LOCATED. CUSTOMER CONSENTS
TO JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND VENUE IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT
IN THE COUNTY OF COOK FOR SUCH PURPOSES,  AND CUSTOMER WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS
TO CONTEST SAID  JURISDICTION  AND VENUE.  CUSTOMER FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHTS TO
COMMENCE ANY ACTION  AGAINST MLBFS IN ANY  JURISDICTION  EXCEPT IN THE COUNTY OF
COOK AND STATE OF ILLINOIS.  MLBFS AND CUSTOMER  HEREBY EACH EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY
AND ALL  RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,  PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM
BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES  AGAINST  THE OTHER  PARTY WITH  RESPECT TO ANY
MATTER RELATING TO, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE WCMA LINE OF
CREDIT,  THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT,  ANY  ADDITIONAL  AGREEMENTS  AND/OR  ANY OF THE
TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT.

(o) INTEGRATION.  THIS LOAN AGREEMENT,  TOGETHER WITH THE ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS,
CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AND REPRESENTS THE FULL AND FINAL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT  MATTER  HEREOF,  AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR WRITTEN  AGREEMENTS OR PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS
OR   SUBSEQUENT    ORAL    AGREEMENTS   OF   THE   PARTIES.   THERE   ARE     NO
UNWRITTEN   ORAL   AGREEMENTS   OF   THE   PARTIES.    WITHOUT    LIMITING   THE
FOREGOING,   CUSTOMER   ACKNOWLEDGES   THAT   EXCEPT   AS   OTHERWISE  EXPRESSLY
PROVIDED   HEREIN:   (I) NO  PROMISE OR COMMITMENT HAS BEEN MADE TO IT BY MLBFS,

                                       -13-

<PAGE>

MLPF&S OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES TO EXTEND
THE AVAILABILITY OF THE WCMA LINE OF CREDIT OR THE MATURITY DATE, OR TO INCREASE
THE  MAXIMUM  WCMA LINE OF  CREDIT,  OR  OTHERWISE  EXTEND  ANY OTHER  CREDIT TO
CUSTOMER OR ANY OTHER PARTY;  (II) NO PURPORTED  EXTENSION OF THE MATURITY DATE,
INCREASE IN THE MAXIMUM  WCMA LINE OF CREDIT OR OTHER  EXTENSION OR AGREEMENT TO
EXTEND CREDIT SHALL BE VALID OR BINDING UNLESS  EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN A WRITTEN
INSTRUMENT  SIGNED  BY MLBFS;  AND (III)  THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT  SUPERSEDES  AND
REPLACES ANY AND ALL  PROPOSALS,  LETTERS OF INTENT AND APPROVAL AND  COMMITMENT
LETTERS FROM MLBFS TO CUSTOMER,  NONE OF WHICH SHALL BE CONSIDERED AN ADDITIONAL
AGREEMENT.  NO  AMENDMENT  OR  MODIFICATION  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY OF THE
ADDITIONAL  AGREEMENTS TO WHICH CUSTOMER IS A PARTY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS IN
A WRITING SIGNED BY BOTH MLBFS AND CUSTOMER.



                                       -14-

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Loan Agreement has been executed as of the day and year
first above written. WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP, INC. D/B/A WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP
AND ALSO F/K/A WHITMAN MEDICAL CORPORATION


By:      /s/ Richard B. Salzman
         ----------------------------------------------------
         Signature (1)                      Signature (2)

         Richard B. Salzman
         ----------------------------------------------------
         Printed Name                       Printed Name

         Vice President
         -----------------------------------------------------
         Title                              Title


STATE OF  Pennsylvania   }
                         } SS.
COUNTY OF Philadelphia   }


The foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me this 21st day of May AD,
1999 by  Richard B.  Salzman of WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC.  D/B/A  WHITMAN
EDUCATION  GROUP  AND  ALSO  F/K/A  WHITMAN  MEDICAL   CORPORATION,   a  Florida
corporation, on behalf of the corporation. Said person is personally known to me
or has produced Florida Drivers License as identification.


         /s/ Marlene G. Schleifer
         -------------------------------
         NOTARY PUBLIC

         Marlene G. Schleifer
         -------------------------------
         PRINTED NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC


My Commission Expires:


         March 25, 2003
         ---------------
         [S E A L]


Accepted at Chicago, Illinois:
MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS FINANCIAL
SERVICES INC.


By:____________________________________





                                       -15-

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

ATTACHED  TO AND  HEREBY  MADE A PART OF WCMA LOAN AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  NO.
79D-07257  BETWEEN  MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS  FINANCIAL  SERVICES INC. AND WHITMAN
EDUCATION  GROUP,  INC.  D/B/A  WHITMAN  EDUCATION  GROUP AND ALSO F/K/A WHITMAN
MEDICAL CORPORATION


Additional Locations of Tangible Collateral:








                                                                  Exhibit   23.1


               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(Form S-8 No. 000-16007 and Form S-8 No. 333-67477) pertaining to the 1996 Stock
Option Plan,  Registration  Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-42109) pertaining to the
Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  and  Registration   Statement  (Form  S-8  No.
333-67473)  pertaining  to the Richard C.  Pfenniger,  Jr.  Stock Option Plan of
Whitman  Education Group,  Inc. and in the related  Prospectuses,  of our report
dated May 28, 1999,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements of
Whitman Education Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the
year ended March 31, 1999.



                                                 /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP





Miami, Florida
June 14, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5



<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            MAR-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                               APR-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                 MAR-31-1999
<CASH>                                         4,267,110
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 32,708,421
<ALLOWANCES>                                  (5,593,888)
<INVENTORY>                                    1,450,815
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              36,900,041
<PP&E>                                        26,045,024
<DEPRECIATION>                               (12,042,260)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                62,579,615
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         28,457,595
<BONDS>                                                0
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                      21,907,546
<OTHER-SE>                                      (282,798)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  62,579,615
<SALES>                                       73,977,362
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              73,977,362
<CGS>                                         47,666,624
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 57,447,351
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1,100,483
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                3,137,831
<INCOME-TAX>                                      96,187
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            3,041,644
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                   3,041,644
<EPS-BASIC>                                        .23
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        .22



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission